Flow Control (RAN14.0 02)

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 219

Flow Control

RAN14.0

Feature Parameter Description

Issue

02

Date

2012-07-20

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2012. All rights reserved.


No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior
written consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Trademarks and Permissions


and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective
holders.

Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and
the customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be
within the purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements,
information, and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or
representations of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute the warranty of any kind, express or implied.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.


Address:

Huawei Industrial Base


Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China

Website:

http://www.huawei.com

Email:

[email protected]

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Contents

Contents
1 Introduction ................................................................................................................................1-1
1.1 Scope ............................................................................................................................................ 1-1
1.2 Intended Audience......................................................................................................................... 1-1
1.3 Change History.............................................................................................................................. 1-1

2 Overview......................................................................................................................................2-1
2.1 Definition ....................................................................................................................................... 2-1
2.2 Overall Picture of Flow Control ..................................................................................................... 2-1

3 Flow Control for Overloaded RNC Units.............................................................................3-1


3.1 Principle ......................................................................................................................................... 3-1
3.1.1 Overview ............................................................................................................................... 3-1
3.1.2 CPU Usage Monitoring ......................................................................................................... 3-2
3.1.3 Message Block Occupancy Rate Monitoring ........................................................................ 3-2
3.2 Whole Picture of Flow Control for Overloaded RNC Units............................................................ 3-3
3.3 Flow Control Triggered by CPUS Overload .................................................................................. 3-6
3.3.1 Overview ............................................................................................................................... 3-6
3.3.2 CPUS Basic Flow Control..................................................................................................... 3-6
3.3.3 Access Control ...................................................................................................................... 3-7
3.3.4 Paging Control ...................................................................................................................... 3-7
3.3.5 RRC Flow Control ................................................................................................................. 3-8
3.3.6 Flow Control on Signaling Messages over the Iur Interface ............................................... 3-10
3.3.7 CBS Flow Control ............................................................................................................... 3-11
3.3.8 Cell Update Flow Control.................................................................................................... 3-12
3.3.9 Flow Control over the Iur-g Interface .................................................................................. 3-14
3.3.10 DCCC Flow Control .......................................................................................................... 3-15
3.3.11 Measurement Report Flow Control ................................................................................... 3-16
3.3.12 Queue-based Shaping...................................................................................................... 3-17
3.3.13 CPUS-level Dynamic CAPS Control ................................................................................ 3-19
3.4 Flow Control Triggered by MPU Overload .................................................................................. 3-21
3.4.1 Basic Flow Control for the MPU ......................................................................................... 3-21
3.4.2 MPU Overload Backpressure ............................................................................................. 3-21
3.5 Flow Control Triggered by INT Overload ..................................................................................... 3-23
3.5.1 Basic Flow Control for the INT ........................................................................................... 3-23
3.5.2 Flow Control Triggered by INT Overload on the Control Plane .......................................... 3-24
3.5.3 Flow Control Triggered by Iub Interface Board Overload on the User Plane ..................... 3-25
3.6 Flow Control Triggered by DPU Overload ................................................................................... 3-25
3.6.1 DPU Basic Flow Control ..................................................................................................... 3-25
3.6.2 Flow Control Triggered by DSP CPU Overload.................................................................. 3-26
3.7 Flow Control Triggered by SCU Overload ................................................................................... 3-26
3.7.1 Principle .............................................................................................................................. 3-26
Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Contents

3.7.2 Overload Indication ............................................................................................................. 3-27


3.8 Flow Control Triggered by GCU Overload .................................................................................. 3-27
3.8.1 Principle .............................................................................................................................. 3-27
3.8.2 Overload Indication ............................................................................................................. 3-27

4 Flow Control Triggered by NodeB/Cell Overload .............................................................4-1


4.1 CAPS Control ................................................................................................................................ 4-1
4.1.1 Overview ............................................................................................................................... 4-1
4.1.2 Static CAPS Control ............................................................................................................. 4-2
4.1.3 Dynamic CAPS Control ........................................................................................................ 4-3
4.1.4 Cell-level Dynamic CAPS Control Due to Congestion Reverse Pressure ........................... 4-4
4.2 PCH Congestion Control ............................................................................................................... 4-6
4.2.1 Principle ................................................................................................................................ 4-6
4.2.2 Overload Indication ............................................................................................................... 4-6
4.3 FACH Congestion Control ............................................................................................................. 4-6
4.3.1 Overview ............................................................................................................................... 4-6
4.3.2 Flow Control Based on Limited Number of UEs in the CELL_FACH State .......................... 4-8
4.3.3 CCCH Flow Control ............................................................................................................ 4-10
4.3.4 DCCH Flow Control ............................................................................................................ 4-12
4.3.5 DTCH Flow Control ............................................................................................................ 4-13

5 Flow Control over the Iu Interface ........................................................................................5-1


5.1 SCCP Flow Control ....................................................................................................................... 5-1
5.1.1 Overview ............................................................................................................................... 5-1
5.1.2 Flow Control Based on Iu Signaling Load ............................................................................ 5-2
5.1.3 Flow Control Based on SCCP Setup Success Rate ............................................................ 5-3
5.1.4 CN SCCP Congestion Control.............................................................................................. 5-3
5.2 Flow Control Triggered by CN RANAP Overload .......................................................................... 5-4

6 Service Flow Control................................................................................................................6-1


7 Load Sharing ..............................................................................................................................7-1
7.1 Overview ....................................................................................................................................... 7-1
7.2 Load Sharing on the Control Plane ............................................................................................... 7-2
7.2.1 Procedure for Load Sharing on the Control Plane ............................................................... 7-2
7.2.2 Service Request Processing by a CPUS ............................................................................. 7-4
7.3 Load Sharing on the User Plane ................................................................................................... 7-6
7.3.1 Overview ............................................................................................................................... 7-6
7.3.2 Procedure for Load Sharing on the User Plane ................................................................... 7-6
7.4 Load Sharing in Transmission Resource Management ................................................................ 7-9
7.4.1 Background .......................................................................................................................... 7-9
7.4.2 Key Concepts ..................................................................................................................... 7-10
7.4.3 ATM Transmission Resource Management over the Iub, Iu, and Iur Interfaces ................ 7-11
7.4.4 IP Transmission Resource Management over the Iub, Iu, or Iur Interface ......................... 7-12

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

ii

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Contents

8 Engineering Guidelines ...........................................................................................................7-1


8.1 Queue-based RRC Shaping ......................................................................................................... 7-1
8.1.1 When to Use Queue-based RRC Shaping ........................................................................... 7-1
8.1.2 Configuration Principles and Suggestions............................................................................ 7-1
8.2 Queue-based Cell Update Request Shaping ................................................................................ 7-1
8.2.1 When to Use Queue-based Cell Update Request Shaping ................................................. 7-1
8.2.2 Configuration Principles and Suggestions............................................................................ 7-2
8.3 DCCC Flow Control ....................................................................................................................... 7-2
8.3.1 When to Use DCCC Flow Control ........................................................................................ 7-2
8.3.2 Configuration Principles and Suggestions............................................................................ 7-2
8.4 CAPS Control ................................................................................................................................ 7-2
8.4.1 Factors That Affect CAPS Control ........................................................................................ 7-2
8.4.2 Configuration Principles and Suggestions............................................................................ 7-2
8.4.3 Performance Optimization .................................................................................................... 7-2

9 Parameters..................................................................................................................................7-1
10 Counters....................................................................................................................................7-1
11 Glossary ....................................................................................................................................7-1
12 References................................................................................................................................7-1
13 Appendix - Flow Control Algorithms .................................................................................7-1
13.1 Switch Algorithm .......................................................................................................................... 7-1
13.2 Linear Algorithm .......................................................................................................................... 7-1
13.3 Hierarchical Algorithm ................................................................................................................. 7-2

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

iii

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

1 Introduction

1 Introduction
1.1 Scope
This document concerns the feature WRFD-040100 Flow Control. It describes the functions and
principles of RNC flow control and the overload indications.
Load control includes admission control and overload control. The goal is to ensure service quality and
maximize system capacity. Flow control is part of overload control. Overload control works for the air
interface, equipment, and the Iub/Iu interface. In addition, end-to-end (E2E) flow control can be
implemented for the radio access network (RAN).
This document describes flow control for overloaded RNC units, flow control triggered by NodeB/cell
overload, flow control over the Iu interface, and flow control on user services. For details about E2E flow
control for the RAN, see the E2E Flow Control Feature Parameter Description. For details about other
types of overload control, see the Load Control Feature Parameter Description.
This document describes the principles of flow control. If you need specific overload control measures for mass gathering
events, contact Huawei's professional service teams, who can provide tailored solutions.
To learn more about admission control, see the Call Admission Control Feature Parameter Description.

1.2 Intended Audience


This document is intended for:

Personnel who have a good understanding of WCDMA principles

Personnel who need to learn about flow control

Personnel who work on Huawei products

1.3 Change History


This section describes the change history of this document. There are two types of changes:

Feature change: refers to a change in the flow control feature of a specific product version.

Editorial change: refers to a change in wording or the addition of the information that was not
described in the earlier version.

Document Issues
The document issues are as follows:

02 (2012-07-20)

01 (2012-04-30)

Draft A (2012-02-15)

02 (2012-07-20)
This is the second commercial release of the document for RAN14.0.
Compared with 01 (2012-04-30) of RAN14.0, this issue incorporates the changes described in the
following table.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

1-1

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

1 Introduction

Change
Type

Change Description

Parameter Change

Feature
change

Modified the principles of CAPS control. For details, see


section 4.1 "CAPS Control."

None

Modified the principles of DTCH flow control. For details,


see section 4.3.5 "DTCH Flow Control."

None

Editorial
change

Added the configuration principles. For details, see chapter None


8 "Engineering Guidelines."

01 (2012-04-30)
This is the first commercial release of the document for RAN14.0.
Compared with draft A (2012-01-10) of RAN14.0, this issue incorporates the changes described in the
following table.
Change
Type

Change Description

Parameter Change

Feature
change

None

None

Editorial
change

The switch for changing the maximum number of UEs in the None
FACH state from 30 to 60 is now
FACH_60_USER_SWITCH under CacSwitch, instead of
PERFENH_FACH_USER_NUM_SWITCH under
PerfEnhanceSwitch.
PERFENH_FACH_USER_NUM_SWITCH is no longer
used. For details, see section 4.3.2 "Flow Control Based on
Limited Number of UEs in the CELL_FACH State."
Corrected the function of the DSPRestrainCpuThd
parameter in user-plane load sharing. For details, see
section 7.3.2 "Procedure for Load Sharing on the User
Plane."

None

Draft A (2012-02-15)
This is the first draft of the document for RAN14.0.
Compared with issue 02 (2011-10-30) of RAN13.0, this issue incorporates the changes described in the
following table.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

1-2

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

1 Introduction

Change Change Description


Type

Parameter Change

Feature Added the following flow control functions to flow control See relevant sections.
change triggered by CPUS overload:
DCCC Flow Control
Queue-based Cell Update Request Shaping
CPUS-level Dynamic CAPS Control
Added the following function to FACH efficiency boost:
F2P Transition by Means of Physical Channel
Reconfiguration. For details, see the FACH Efficiency
Boost section.
Added the following function to load sharing:
Load Sharing in Transmission Resource Management
Optimized the following functions:

Cell update flow control: Priority-based flow control is


performed for cell update requests. For details, see
section 3.3.8 "Cell Update Flow Control."
Data transmission suspension: added data
transmission suspension. For details, see the Data
Transmission Suspension part in the FACH Efficiency
Boost section.

Added the following


parameters for cell update
flow control:
CELLURAUPDATETHDFORMID
CELLURAUPDATERSTTHDFORMID
CELLURAUPDATETHDFORLOW
CELLURAUPDATERSTTHDFORLOW

Added the
DRA_UL_RACH_TX_INTE
Flow control triggered by DSP CPU overload: users in
RRUPT_AFT_TRIG_SWITC
the CELL_FACH state cannot access in the case of
DSP CPU overload. For details, see section 3.6.2 "Flow H sub-parameter to the
DraSwitch parameter for
Control Triggered by DSP CPU Overload."
data transmission
Flow control based on limited number of UEs in the
CELL_FACH state. For details, see section 4.3.2 "Flow suspension.
Added the
Control Based on Limited Number of UEs in the
FACH_USER_NUM_NOT_
CELL_FACH State."
CTRL sub-parameter to the
The wait time in RRC connection setup is
NBMCacAlgoSwitch
service-specific. For details, see section 4.1 "CAPS
parameter for flow control
Control."
based on limited number of
UEs in the CELL_FACH
state.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Added the
LowRrcConnRejWaitTmr
parameter, which is used to
configure the wait time in
RRC connection setup.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

1-3

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

1 Introduction

Change Change Description


Type

Parameter Change

Added overload indication for the following flow control None


functions:

RRC Flow Control

Flow Control on Signaling Messages over the Iur


Interface

Queue-based Shaping

MPU Overload Backpressure

Flow Control Triggered by INT Overload on the Control


Plane

CCCH Flow Control

Deleted the following flow control functions:

NodeB-level CAPS control. For details, see section 4.1


"CAPS Control."

URA update flow control

Editorial Optimized wording for the following functions:


None
change Access control. For details, see section 3.3.3 "Access
Control."

Flow control triggered by CN RANAP overload. For


details, see section 5.2 "Flow Control Triggered by CN
RANAP Overload."

Deleted the following flow control functions:

NodeB-level CAPS control

URA update flow control

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

1-4

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

2 Overview

2 Overview
2.1 Definition
Flow control is a protective measure for communications between the RNC and its peer equipment. Flow
control provides protection in the following ways:

It restricts incoming traffic to:


Protect

equipment from overload, thereby maintaining system stability.

Ensure

that equipment can properly process services even during heavy traffic.

It restricts outgoing traffic to reduce the load on the peer equipment.

2.2 Overall Picture of Flow Control


During mass gathering events, the amount of services surges, generating a significantly increased traffic
volume that exceeds the processing capabilities of the system. As a result, the system becomes
overloaded, which may lead to messages being randomly discarded and NE resetting, as well as
response failures, call drops, service access failures, and other unexpected events.
Resources in a WCDMA system are limited, so how they are used affects system performance. The
resources concerned here are:

Equipment system resources, including CPU resources and memory

Air interface resources, including channels, codes, and power

Transmission resources

Core network processing capabilities

To keep system stability and capabilities at the maximum possible level, Huawei RNCs perform flow
control at five points in the system, which are numbered in Figure 2-1.
Figure 2-1 Five points in flow control

Flow control involves discarding originating messages (such as RRC connection requests) that overload
the system when system resources are insufficient, refusing to process low-priority services, and
rejecting access requests for low-priority services.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

2-1

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

2 Overview

To address problems caused by limited RNC resources (labeled


in Figure 2-1), the RNC performs
flow control for RNC units. The software of each RNC board monitors the system resource usage.
When necessary, the RNC starts basic flow control functions that suspend non-critical functions, such
as recording logs and printing to reduce the system load. Then, based on the system load and the
switch status of flow control functions, the RNC may perform other flow control functions to ensure
system stability. For details, see chapter 3 "Flow Control for Overloaded RNC Units."

To address problems caused by limited air interface resources (labeled in Figure 2-1), the RNC
performs CAPS (Call Attempts Per Second) control, PCH congestion control and FACH congestion
control.
When

the cell is overloaded with services, RNC limits the number of RRC connection requests
admitted to a cell each second. For details, see section 4.1 "CAPS Control."

When

the paging channel is congested, the RNC allows CS-domain paging messages to preempt
PS-domain paging messages in order to raise the paging success rate in the CS domain. For details,
see section 4.2 "PCH Congestion Control."

When

the FACH (Forward Access Channel) is congested, the RNC restricts message
retransmissions on the logical channels, rejects certain PS service requests, and triggers state
transitions such as CELL_PCH to CELL_DCH (P2D) and CELL_DCH to idle (D2Idle). This gives
priority to access requests for high-priority services such as CS services, keeps the cell update
success rate high, and reduces call drops. For details, see section 4.3 "FACH Congestion Control."

The RNC performs admission control, load reshuffling, and overload control on code and power
resources. For details about admission control, see the Call Admission Control Feature Parameter
Description. For details about load reshuffling and overload control, see the Load Control Feature
Parameter Description.

To address problems caused by limited signaling bandwidth over the Iu interface (labeled
in Figure
2-1), the RNC works with the core network to perform flow control over the Iu interface. Based on link
congestion conditions detected at the local end and congestion indications reported from the peer end,
the RNC performs flow control on initial UE messages to reduce the signaling traffic over the Iu
interface. This prevents severe congestion on the signaling link between the RNC and the core
network and reduces the load on the core network when it is overloaded. For details, see chapter 5
"Flow Control over the Iu Interface."

The RNC supports user-plane congestion control over the Iub interface to restrict transmission rates
when there is transmission congestion over the Iub interface. This prevents packet loss and makes
more efficient use of the bandwidth. For details, see chapter 6 "Service Flow Control."

For access requests, the RNC supports load sharing within one subrack or between subracks on the
user plane and control plane. This achieves dynamic sharing of resources, balancing the load among
subracks and boards and improving service processing efficiency. For details, see chapter 7 "Load
Sharing."

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

2-2

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

3 Flow Control for Overloaded RNC Units

3 Flow Control for Overloaded RNC Units


3.1 Principle
3.1.1 Overview
Each RNC board monitors the following in real time to keep track of resource consumption:

CPU usage: The CPU resources of a board determine the processing capabilities of the board. All
functions running on the board use CPU resources.

Message block occupancy rate: Message blocks are resources used to send and receive messages
within the RNC.

When the CPU usage or message block occupancy rate of a board is high, the board processing
capabilities may become insufficient. When this occurs, the board triggers flow control to ensure that
basic functions can continue to run properly. Flow control based on message block occupancy rate is
independent of flow control based on CPU usage. Related flow control functions will be triggered when
either the message block occupancy rate or the CPU usage is excessively high. Generally, it is rare to
run out of message blocks.
Figure 3-1 shows the flow control model that each board follows based on CPU usage and message
block occupancy rate.
Figure 3-1 Flow control model

The XPUs, interface boards (collectively known as INTs), DPUs, SCUs and GCUs mentioned in this
document are board types displayed on the LMT (Local Maintenance Terminal). An XPU comprises
MPUs and CPUSs (CPU for Service), which have the following functions:

An MPU (Main Processing Unit) manages resources on the user plane, control plane, and transport
plane, informs MPUs in other subracks about the load on the current subrack, and makes decisions
regarding load sharing.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-1

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

3 Flow Control for Overloaded RNC Units

A CPUS processes services on the control plane.

The XPU, INT, DPU, SCU, and GCU boards correspond to the following physical boards:

XPU: SPUa or SPUb

INT: AEUa, AOUa, AOUc, FG2a, FG2c, GOUa, or GOUc

DPU: DPUb or DPUe

SCU: SCUa or SCUb

GCU: GCUa or GCGa

For the detailed functions of each board, see the BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description.

3.1.2 CPU Usage Monitoring


The system checks CPU usage in real time. If the CPU usage has reached the threshold for starting a
flow control function that is based on the CPU usage and currently enabled, this function is started.
For details about flow control switches and CPU usage thresholds, see sections 3.3 "Flow Control Triggered by CPUS
Overload," 3.4 "Flow Control Triggered by MPU Overload," 3.5 "Flow Control Triggered by INT Overload," 3.6 "Flow
Control Triggered by DPU Overload," 3.7 "Flow Control Triggered by SCU Overload," and 3.8 "Flow Control Triggered by
GCU Overload."

To prevent frequent flow control triggered by CPU usage fluctuations, the system also calculates the
average CPU usage during a period of time that has just elapsed, and determines whether to perform
flow control based on this CPU usage. The CPU usage values used to calculate the average CPU
constitute a filter window, as shown in Figure 3-2.
Figure 3-2 Filter window for calculating the average CPU usage

The filter window of a flow control function is configurable only if this function is controlled by using the
SET FCSW command. For details, see section 3.2 "Whole Picture of Flow Control for Overloaded RNC
Units."

3.1.3 Message Block Occupancy Rate Monitoring


Once it has allocated message blocks ten times, the system checks the message block occupancy rate.
If the message block occupancy rate has reached the threshold for starting a flow control function that is
based on the message block occupancy rate and currently enabled, this function is started.
For details about flow control switches and CPU usage thresholds, see sections 3.3 "Flow Control Triggered by CPUS
Overload," 3.4 "Flow Control Triggered by MPU Overload," 3.5 "Flow Control Triggered by INT Overload," 3.6 "Flow
Control Triggered by DPU Overload," 3.7 "Flow Control Triggered by SCU Overload," and 3.8 "Flow Control Triggered by
GCU Overload."

To prevent frequent flow control triggered by message block occupancy rate fluctuations, the system
also calculates the average message block occupancy rate. The message block occupancy rate values

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-2

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

3 Flow Control for Overloaded RNC Units

used to calculate the average message block occupancy rate constitutes a filter window, as shown in
Figure 3-3.
Figure 3-3 Filter window for calculate the average message block occupancy rate

The filter window of a flow control function is configurable only if this function is controlled by using the
SET FCSW command. For details, see section 3.2 "Whole Picture of Flow Control for Overloaded RNC
Units."

3.2 Whole Picture of Flow Control for Overloaded RNC Units


Table 3-1 provides a whole picture of flow control for overloaded RNC units.
Table 3-1 Whole picture of flow control for overloaded RNC units
Overload Source

CPUS

High CPU
usage or
message
block
occupancy
rate

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Flow Control
Function

Flow Control Object

Impact
on
Services

Controlling
Command

Printing flow
control

Printing

No

SET FCSW

Debugging flow
control

Debugging

Performance
monitoring flow
control

Performance
monitoring

Logging flow
control

Logging

Resource audit
flow control

Resource audit

MR flow control

MR function

Paging control

Paging messages

SET FCSW

Access control
based on the
CPU usage or
message block
occupancy rate

Users in AC0 to AC9

SET FCSW

RRC flow control

RRC connection
requests

None

Flow control on

Some signaling

SET FCSW

Yes

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-3

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Flow Control
Function

Flow Control Object

Impact
on
Services

Controlling
Command

signaling
messages over
the Iur interface

messages over the Iur


interface

Flow control over


the Iur-g
interface

All messages over the


Iur-g interface

CBS flow control

All broadcast
messages delivered
by the CBC

Cell update flow


control

Some cell/URA
update messages

DCCC flow
control

DCCC procedure of
the UE

High CPU
usage or
message
block
occupancy
rate

Printing flow
control

Printing

None

SET FCSW

Debugging flow
control

Debugging

Logging flow
control

Logging

High CPU
usage

MPU overload
backpressure

RRC connection
requests

Yes

SET
URRCTRLSWITCH

High CPU
usage or
message
block
occupancy
rate

Printing flow
control

Printing

None

SET FCSW

Debugging flow
control

Debugging

Logging flow
control

Logging

High CPU
usage

Flow control
triggered by INT
overload on the
control plane

RRC connection
requests

Yes

SET TNSOFTPARA

Congestion
in queues
at the ports

Flow control
triggered by Iub
interface board
overload on the
user plane

BE service rates

High CPU
usage or

Printing flow
control

Printing

Overload Source

MPU

INT

DPU

3 Flow Control for Overloaded RNC Units

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

See
related
descriptions in 3.5.3
"Flow
Control
Triggered
by
Iub
Interface
Board
Overload on the User
Plane."
None

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

SET FCSW

3-4

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Flow Control
Function

Flow Control Object

message
block
occupancy
rate

Debugging flow
control

Debugging

Logging flow
control

Logging

High DSP
CPU
usage

Flow control
triggered by DSP
CPU overload

High CPU
usage or
message
block
occupancy
rate

Overload Source

SCU

GCU

3 Flow Control for Overloaded RNC Units

High CPU
usage or
message
block
occupancy
rate

Impact
on
Services

Controlling
Command

BE service rates

Yes

None

Printing flow
control

Printing

None

SET FCSW

Debugging flow
control

Debugging

Performance
monitoring flow
control

Performance
monitoring

Logging flow
control

Logging

Printing flow
control

Printing

None

SET FCSW

Debugging flow
control

Debugging

Logging flow
control

Logging

The filter windows for flow control functions configured by the SET FCSW command are configurable.
The details are as follows:

For flow control decisions based on CPU usage, the SMWINDOW parameter of the SET FCCPUTHD
command is used to configure the filter window.

For flow control decisions based on message block occupancy rate, the SMWINDOW parameter of
the SET FCMSGQTHD command is used to configure the filter window.

For flow control functions configured by the SET FCSW command, the system also uses a fast judgment
window to prevent the CPU usage and message block occupancy rate from rapidly rising to a high level.
The details are as follows:

If all CPU usage values during this fast judgment window are greater than or equal to a critical
threshold, all currently enabled flow control functions based on CPU usage are started. The
FDWINDOW and CTHD parameters of the SET FCCPUTHD command are used to configure the fast
judgment window and critical threshold, respectively. The value of SMWINDOW should be at least
twice the value of FDWINDOW.

If the current message block occupancy rate value is greater than or equal to a critical threshold, all
currently enabled flow control functions based on message block occupancy rate are started. The size
of the fast judgment window for flow control based on the message block occupancy rate is 1. That is,

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-5

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

3 Flow Control for Overloaded RNC Units

the critical threshold decision does not use the filter mechanism. The CTHD parameter of the SET
FCMSGQTHD command is used to configure the critical threshold.
When the FCSW parameter is set to OFF for a board, all flow control functions configured by the SET
FCSW command are disabled for this board.

3.3 Flow Control Triggered by CPUS Overload


3.3.1 Overview
The CPUS software monitors the CPU usage and message block occupancy rate of the CPUS in real
time. Upon detecting a high CPU usage or message block occupancy rate, the CPUS software starts
basic flow control, which is performed on non-critical functions, such as printing and logging. When the
CPU usage or message block occupancy rate reaches or exceeds their respective thresholds, the CPUS
software starts the following flow control functions if they are enabled:

Access control

RRC flow control

Flow control over the Iur interface

CBS flow control

Cell update flow control

Flow control over the Iur-g interface

DCCC flow control

MR flow control

In addition, the CPUS software queue-based RRC shaping and queue-based cell update request
shaping, which help stabilize the CPU usage.

3.3.2 CPUS Basic Flow Control


Principle
Basic flow control for a CPUS is performed on printing, debugging, performance monitoring, logging, and
resource audit. The CPUS software monitors the CPU usage and message block occupancy rate of the
CPUS in real time. Based on the monitored data, the CPUS software starts or stops all or some of the
basic flow control functions.

When the CPU usage or message block occupancy rate reaches the threshold, the CPUS software
starts flow control.

When the CPU usage and message block occupancy rate fall below their respective thresholds, the
CPUS software stops flow control.

The SET FCSW command is used to enable the basic flow control functions. By default, all basic flow
control functions are enabled.
The SET FCCPUTHD command is used to configure the thresholds for flow control based on CPU
usage, and the SET FCMSGQTHD command is used to configure the thresholds for flow control based
on message block occupancy rate.
Basic flow control for the CPUS has no impact on services.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-6

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

3 Flow Control for Overloaded RNC Units

Overload Indication
When the CPU usage reaches a preset threshold (configured by the SET CPUTHD command), the
ALM-20256 CPU Overload is reported. To find out whether the alarm was reported for an XPU, check
the subrack number and slot number in the alarm.
EVT-22835 Flow Control is reported when a basic flow control function is started. To find out which basic
flow control function was started, check the flow control type in the event.
The following counters indicate the CPU usage and message block occupancy rate.
Counter

Description

VS.XPU.CPULOAD.MEAN

Average CPU usage of the XPU

VS.XPU.MSGLOAD.MEAN

Average message block occupancy rate of the XPU

3.3.3 Access Control


When the network is congested or overloaded, access control (AC) is performed to prevent users in
some classes from access class 0 (AC0) to access class 9 (AC9) from accessing the network. This
reduces the traffic impact on the network. The RNC has the following three access control methods:

AC restrictions
When the CPU usage or message block occupancy rate is too high, the RNC starts AC restrictions
and prevents users in some classes from AC0 to AC9 from accessing the cell.

Domain-specific access control (DSAC)


When the core network (CN) node is congested or overloaded, AC can distinguish between the CS
domain and the PS domain. This is achieved by means of domain-specific access control (DSAC).
When one domain is overloaded or unavailable, DSAC keeps the other domain unaffected. This
makes the network more tolerant of disasters.
For details about AC restrictions and DSAC, see the DSAC Feature Parameter Description.

Intelligent AC control
Based on the cell resource congestion status, the RNC dynamically adjusts the number of ACs
prevented from accessing the cell. This is known as intelligent AC control. Intelligent AC control
alleviates cell congestion and keeps the RNC running stably under heavy traffic. For details about
intelligent AC control, see the Intelligent Access Class Control Feature Parameter Description.

3.3.4 Paging Control


Principle
Upon detecting that the CPU usage or message block occupancy rate of a CPUS is higher than a preset
threshold, the RNC starts paging control to reduce paging traffic and ensure high paging success rates
for high-priority services. The PAGESW parameter in the SET FCSW command is used to enable paging
control. By default, it is enabled.

When the CPU usage or message block occupancy rate exceeds the threshold, the RNC starts paging
control and discards paging messages.

When the CPU usage and message block occupancy rate fall below their respective thresholds, the
RNC stops paging control.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-7

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

3 Flow Control for Overloaded RNC Units

Paging control based on CPU usage varies by service. The SET FCCPUTHD command is used to
configure paging control thresholds for different services, as described in Table 3-2. The higher the
threshold for starting a flow control function, the more difficult it is for the flow control function to start.
Table 3-2 Thresholds for paging control based on CPU usage
Service Types

Threshold for Starting Paging


Control

Threshold for Stopping Paging


Control

Real-time services

CPAGECTHD

CPAGERTHD

BE services, supplementary
services, and location services

SLPAGECTHD

SLPAGERTHD

SMS

SMPAGECTHD

SMPAGERTHD

To ensure a high paging success rate for high-priority services, such as CS services, the thresholds for
starting paging control should be ranked as follows:
CPAGECTHD > SLPAGECTHD > SMPAGECTHD
This way, when paging control is in progress, SMS paging messages are the first to be discarded.
Paging control applies to terminating UEs, and load sharing is not used for paging messages. As a result,
paging control for one CPUS affects all paging processes within the same RNC. The thresholds for
starting paging control should be higher than the thresholds for starting other flow control functions
triggered by CPUS overload.
Paging control based on message block occupancy rate does not vary by service. The threshold for
starting this flow control function is configured by using the PAGECTHD parameter, and the threshold for
stopping this flow control function is configured by using the PAGERTHD parameter.

Overload Indication
When the CPU usage reaches a preset threshold (configured by the SET CPUTHD command), the
ALM-20256 CPU Overload is reported. To find out whether the alarm was reported for an XPU, check
the subrack number and slot number in the alarm.
The following counters are related to paging control.
Counter

Description

VS.Paging.FC.Disc.Num.CPUS

Number of paging messages discarded because of paging


control

VS.Paging.FC.Disc.Time.CPUS

Duration of paging control in a measurement period

3.3.5 RRC Flow Control


Principle
Upon detecting that the CPU usage or message block occupancy rate of a CPUS is higher than a preset
threshold, the RNC starts rejecting or discarding RRC connection requests to avoid raising the CPU load
further. RRC Flow Control is disabled by default. It is started after load sharing fails for RRC connection

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-8

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

3 Flow Control for Overloaded RNC Units

requests. For more details on load sharing for RRC connection requests, see 7.2 "Load Sharing on the
Control Plane."
When the CPU usage or message block occupancy rate of the CPUS exceeds the threshold, the RNC
starts RRC flow control and rejects RRC connection requests. When the number of rejected RRC
connection requests per second exceeds the value of SysRrcRejNum configured with the SET
UCALLSHOCKCTRL command, the CPUS starts discarding subsequent RRC connection requests
messages, without responding with RRC CONNECTION REJECT messages. When the CPU usage and
message block occupancy rate fall below their respective thresholds, the RNC stops RRC flow control.
RRC flow control varies by service. The SET SHARETHD command is used to configure the necessary
thresholds for the different services, as shown in Table 3-3.
Table 3-3 Thresholds for RRC flow control
Service Type

Threshold for
Starting RRC Flow
Control Based on
CPU Usage

Threshold for
Stopping RRC
Flow Control
Based on CPU
Usage

Threshold for
Starting RRC Flow
Control Based on
Message Block
Occupancy Rate

Threshold for
Stopping RRC Flow
Control Based on
Message Block
Occupancy Rate

Inter-RAT cell
reselection,
IMSI detach
procedure,
registration,
and incoming
voice calls

CRRCCONNCCPU
THD

CRRCCONNRC
PUTHD

CRRCCONNCMSG
THD

CRRCCONNRMSGT
HD

BE services
and
UE-originated
voice calls

LRRCCONNCCPU
THD

LRRCCONNRC
PUTHD

LRRCCONNCMSG
THD

LRRCCONNRMSGT
HD

SMS

SMRRCCONNCCP
UTHD

SMRRCCONNR
CPUTHD

SMRRCCONNCMS
GTHD

SMRRCCONNRMS
GTHD

To ensure high-priority services such as CS services are processed first, the thresholds for starting RRC
flow control should be ranked as follows:
CRRCCONNCCPUTHD > LRRCCONNCCPUTHD > SMRRCCONNCCPUTHD
This way, when RRC flow control is in progress, RRC connection requests for SMS are the first to be
discarded.
When the CPU usage of the CPUS exceeds 90%, the RNC starts discarding all RRC connection
requests except those for emergency calls.

Overload Indication
When the CPU usage reaches a preset threshold (configured by the SET CPUTHD command), the
ALM-20256 CPU Overload is reported. To find out whether the alarm was reported for an XPU, check
the subrack number and slot number in the alarm.
The following counters indicate the number of RRC connection requests rejected and discarded
because of RRC flow control.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-9

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

3 Flow Control for Overloaded RNC Units

Counter

Description

VS.LowPriRRC.FC.Disc.Num.CPUS

Number of discarded RRC connection requests for SMS


because of RRC flow control based on CPU usage

VS.NormPriRRC.FC.Disc.Num.CPUS

Number of discarded RRC connection requests for BE


services and outgoing voice services because of RRC
flow control based on CPU usage

VS.HighPriRRC.FC.Disc.Num.CPUS

Number of discarded RRC connection requests for


registration and incoming voice services because of RRC
flow control based on CPU usage

VS.RRC.CONV.FC.Num.CPU.CPUS

Number of rejected and discarded RRC connection


requests for real-time services (including conversational
services and data services) in the CPUS because of RRC
flow control based on CPUS CPU usage

VS.RRC.FC.Num.CPU.CPUS

Number of rejected and discarded RRC connection


requests in the CPUS because of RRC flow control based
on CPUS CPU usage

VS.RRC.CONV.FC.Num.CPU.OverLo
ad

Number of rejected and discarded RRC connection


requests for real-time services in the cell because of RRC
flow control based on CPUS CPU usage

VS.RRC.FC.Num.CPU.OverLoad

Number of rejected and discarded RRC connection


requests in the cell because of RRC flow control based on
CPUS CPU usage

3.3.6 Flow Control on Signaling Messages over the Iur Interface


Principle
Upon detecting that the CPU usage or message block occupancy rate of a CPUS is higher than a preset
threshold, the RNC starts flow control to reduce signaling traffic over the Iur interface so that the CPU
load does not rise further.

When the CPU usage or message block occupancy rate exceeds the threshold, the RNC starts flow
control over the Iur interface and discards signaling messages over the Iur interface.

When the CPU usage and message block occupancy rate fall below their respective thresholds, the
RNC stops flow control over the Iur interface.

Flow control on signaling messages over the Iur interface consists of uplink transmission flow control
over the Iur interface and downlink transmission flow control over the Iur interface, as described in Table
3-4.
Table 3-4 Flow control over the Iur interface
Flow Control Function

Flow Control Object

Switch

Uplink transmission flow


control over the Iur interface

UPLINK SIGNALLING TRANSFER INDICATION


messages

IURULSW

Downlink transmission flow


control over the Iur interface

RADIO LINK SETUP REQUEST messages

IURDLSW

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

PAGING REQUEST messages

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-10

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Flow Control Function

3 Flow Control for Overloaded RNC Units

Flow Control Object

Switch

COMMON TRANSPORT CHANNEL


RESOURCES REQUEST messages

The SET FCCPUTHD command is used to configure the thresholds for flow control based on CPU
usage, and the SET FCMSGQTHD command is used to configure the thresholds for flow control based
on message block occupancy rate.
Flow control over the Iur interface affects cell updates, handovers, and paging over the Iur interface. In
addition, It affects ongoing service procedures because signaling messages are discarded. This may
increase call drop rates.

Overload Indication
When the CPU usage reaches a preset threshold (configured by the SET CPUTHD command), the
ALM-20256 CPU Overload is reported. To find out whether the alarm was reported for an XPU, check
the subrack number and slot number in the alarm.
To learn about the number of Iur interface messages discarded because of Iur interface flow control,
check the following counters:
Counter

Description

VS.IurUpLinkSig.Disc.Num.CPU.CPUS

Number of uplink messages discarded over the Iur


interface on the uplink because of Iur interface flow control
triggered by CPUS CPU overload in the CPUS

VS.IurDownLinkSig.Disc.Num.CPU.CPUS

Number of downlink messages discarded over the Iur


interface on the uplink because of Iur interface flow control
triggered by CPUS CPU overload in the CPUS

3.3.7 CBS Flow Control


Principle
In cases where the UTRAN uses an external cell broadcast center (CBC) to provide the cell broadcast
service (CBS), the RNC starts CBS flow control upon detecting that the CPU usage or message block
occupancy rate of a CPUS is higher than a preset threshold. This reduces signaling traffic over the Iu-BC
interface and thereby prevents the CPU load from rising further. The CBSSW parameter in the SET
FCSW command is used to enable CBS flow control. By default, it is enabled.

When the CPU usage or message block occupancy rate exceeds the threshold, the RNC starts CBS
flow control and discards all CBC broadcast messages.

When the CPU usage and message block occupancy rate fall below their respective thresholds, the
RNC stops CBS flow control.

The SET FCCPUTHD command is used to configure the thresholds for flow control based on CPU
usage, and the SET FCMSGQTHD command is used to configure the thresholds for flow control based
on message block occupancy rate.
CBS flow control affects cell broadcast services.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-11

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

3 Flow Control for Overloaded RNC Units

Overload Indication
When the CPU usage reaches a preset threshold (configured by the SET CPUTHD command), the
ALM-20256 CPU Overload is reported. To find out whether the alarm was reported for an XPU, check
the subrack number and slot number in the alarm.
The following counters are related to CBS flow control.
Counter

Description

VS.CBS.FC.Disc.Num.CPUS

Number of broadcast messages discarded because of CBS flow


control

VS.CBS.FC.Disc.Time.CPUS

Duration of CBS flow control in a measurement period

3.3.8 Cell Update Flow Control


Principle
Upon detecting that the CPU usage or message block occupancy rate of a CPUS is higher than a preset
threshold, the RNC starts cell update flow control to reduce the number of cell update messages so that
the CPU load does not rise further. The CELLURASW parameter in the SET FCSW command is used to
enable cell update flow control. By default, it is enabled.

When the CPU usage or message block occupancy rate exceeds the threshold, the RNC starts cell
update flow control. During cell update flow control, when a UE in the Cell_PCH or URA_PCH state
originates a cell update request that involves a CELL_PCH to CELL_PCH (P2P), CELL_PCH to
CELL_FACH (P2F), CELL_PCH to CELL_DCH (P2D) transition, the RNC discards the request.

When the CPU usage and message block occupancy rate fall below the threshold, the RNC stops cell
update flow control.

The RNC assign three priorities to cell update requests for different services. When the CPU usage or
message block occupancy rate of the CPUS is too high, the RNC first performs flow control on services
with the low flow control priority. The RNC determines the flow control priority of a service based on the
following information in the cell update request:

Whether the cell update request contains the extended information element (IE)
UU_CELL_UPT_V590EXT_STRU.

Cell update cause value

UE version

Value of the IE enEstabCause

Table 3-5 describes the details about how the RNC determines the flow control priority of a service.
Table 3-5 Determining the flow control priority of a service
UU_CELL_UPT_
V590EXT_STRU

Cell Update
Cause Value

UE Version

Value of enEstabCause

Flow Control
Priority

Not contained

Cell reselection,
periodic cell
updates, serving
cell reentry

Not applicable

Not applicable

High

Others

Earlier than R5

Not applicable

High

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-12

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

UU_CELL_UPT_
V590EXT_STRU

Contained

3 Flow Control for Overloaded RNC Units

Cell Update
Cause Value

Not applicable

UE Version

Value of enEstabCause

Flow Control
Priority

R5 and later

Not applicable

Medium

Not applicable

Emergency calls

No flow control

Reselection between
cells from different RATs,
IMSI detach procedure,
registration, and incoming
voice calls

High

BE services and outgoing


voice calls

Medium

Short message services

Low

Different flow control priorities correspond to different flow control thresholds, as described in Table 3-6.
Table 3-6 Flow control thresholds
Flow
Control
Priority

Threshold for
Starting Flow Control
Based on the CPU
Usage

Threshold for
Stopping Flow
Control Based on the
CPU Usage

High

CELLURACTHD

CELLURARTHD

Medium

CELLURAUPDATETH
DFORMID

CELLURAUPDATERS
TTHDFORMID

CELLURAUPDATETH
DFORLOW

CELLURAUPDATERS
TTHDFORLOW

Low

Threshold for
Starting Flow
Control Based
on the Message
Block
Occupancy
Rate

Threshold for
Stopping Flow
Control Based
on the Message
Block
Occupancy Rate

CELLURACTHD

CELLURARTHD

The SET FCCPUTHD command is used to configure the thresholds for flow control based on CPU
usage, and the SET FCMSGQTHD command is used to configure the thresholds for flow control based
on message block occupancy rate. To ensure success cell updates for high-priority services such as
voice services, it is recommended that the relationships between the thresholds for starting flow control
be as follows:
CELLURACTHD > CELLURAUPDATETHDFORMID > CELLURAUPDATETHDFORLOW
This way, when flow control is in progress, cell update requests for low-priority services such as short
message services are the first to be discarded.
When the CPU usage of the CPUS exceeds 90%, the RNC discards all cell update requests except
those for emergency calls.
Cell update flow control lowers the cell update success rate and affects uplink data transmission. In
addition, UE locations recorded by the RNC may not be accurate because cell update messages are
discarded. This may affect paging.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-13

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

3 Flow Control for Overloaded RNC Units

For details about state transitions, see the State Transition Feature Parameter Description.

Overload Indication
When the CPU usage reaches a preset threshold (configured by the SET CPUTHD command), the
ALM-20256 CPU Overload is reported. To find out whether the alarm was reported for an XPU, check
the subrack number and slot number in the alarm.
The following counters are related to cell/URA update flow control.
Counter

Description

VS.CU.FC.Disc.Num.CPUS

Number of cell update requests discarded because of cell/URA


update flow control

VS.CU.FC.Disc.Time.CPUS

Duration of cell/URA update flow control in a measurement


period

3.3.9 Flow Control over the Iur-g Interface


Principle
Upon detecting that the CPU usage or message block occupancy rate of a CPUS is higher than a preset
threshold, the RNC starts Iur-g flow control to reduce signaling traffic over the Iur-g interface so that the
CPU load does not rise further. The IURGSW parameter in the SET FCSW command is used to enable
flow control over the Iur-g interface. By default, it is disabled.

When the CPU usage or message block occupancy rate exceeds the threshold, the RNC starts flow
control and discards all messages sent over the Iur-g interface.

When the CPU usage and message block occupancy rate fall below their respective thresholds, the
RNC stops flow control over the Iur-g interface.

The SET FCCPUTHD command is used to configure the thresholds for flow control based on CPU
usage, and the SET FCMSGQTHD command is used to configure the thresholds for flow control based
on message block occupancy rate.
When flow control over the Iur-g interface is started, the RNC is not informed of real-time information
about the GSM network load. This may cause the following problems:

When the GSM network load is heavy, inter-RAT handovers initiated by the RNC fail.

When the GSM network load is light, the RNC does not initiate inter-RAT handovers, service
distribution cannot be performed for UMTS services, and load sharing cannot be achieved between
the UMTS and GSM networks.

For more details about load-based handovers, service distribution, and load balancing over the Iur-g
interface, see the Common Radio Resource Management Feature Parameter Description.

Overload Indication
When the CPU usage reaches a preset threshold (configured by the SET CPUTHD command), the
ALM-20256 CPU Overload is reported. To find out whether the alarm was reported for an XPU, check
the subrack number and slot number in the alarm.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-14

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

3 Flow Control for Overloaded RNC Units

3.3.10 DCCC Flow Control


Principle
When detecting that the CPU usage or message block occupancy rate of a CPUS is too high, the RNC
starts Dynamic Channel Reconfiguration Control (DCCC) flow control for the DCCC procedure of PS BE
services. This lowers the CPU load. DCCC flow control is disabled by default. To enable it, run the SET
FCSW command with the DCCCSW parameter set to ON.

When the CPU usage or message block occupancy rate exceeds the threshold for starting DCCC flow
control, the RNC starts DCCC flow control. Details are as follows:
For

PS BE services of UEs in the CELL_FACH state, the RNC does not trigger CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH (F2D) transitions upon receipt of a 4A measurement report based on traffic.

For

PS BE services of UEs in the CELL_DCH state, the RNC does not trigger the DCCC procedure
upon receipt of a 4A report based on traffic.

For

PS BE services of UEs in the CELL_DCH state, the RNC does not trigger the HSUPA DCCC
procedure upon receipt of a 4A report based on throughput.

The

RNC no longer makes periodic attempts to trigger CELL_DCH to CELL_E-DCH (D2E) or


CELL_DCH to CELL_H-DSCH (D2H) transitions.

When the CPU usage or message block occupancy rate of the CPUS falls below the threshold for
stopping DCCC flow control, the RNC stops DCCC flow control.

The SET FCCPUTHD command configures thresholds for flow control functions based on the CPU
usage, and the SET FCMSGQTHD command configures thresholds for flow control functions based on
the message block occupancy rate.
When DCCC flow control is in progress, UEs cannot promptly transit from the CELL_FACH state to the
CELL_DCH state. This causes or aggravates FACH congestion. In addition, upon receipt of a 4A
measurement report, the RNC does not trigger the DCCC procedure. As a result, the UE rate cannot be
increased, and user experience is affected.
For details about state transitions, see the State Transition Feature Parameter Description. For details
about the DCCC procedure, see the DCCC Feature Parameter Description.

Overload Indication
When the CPU usage reaches a preset threshold (configured by the SET CPUTHD command), the
ALM-20256 CPU Overload is reported. To find out whether the alarm was reported for an XPU, check
the subrack number and slot number in the alarm.
After DCCC flow control is started, the counters listed in the following table are reported:
Counter

Description

VS.Traffic.Report4A.CellDch.Disc.
Num.UpLink.FC

Number of A4 reports that are triggered by uplink traffic in PS


BE services of UEs in the CELL_DCH state and are
discarded because of flow control for the CPUS

VS.Traffic.Report4A.CellDch.Disc.
Num.DownLink.FC

Number of A4 reports that are triggered by downlink traffic in


PS BE services of UEs in the CELL_DCH state and are
discarded because of flow control for the CPUS

VS.Throughput.Report4A.Disc.Nu
m.UpLink.FC

Number of A4 reports that are triggered by the uplink


throughput in the CELL_DCH state and are discarded
because of flow control for the CPUS

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-15

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

3 Flow Control for Overloaded RNC Units

Counter

Description

VS.Traffic.Report4A.CellFach.Disc.
Num.UpLink.FC

Number of A4 reports that are triggered by uplink traffic in PS


BE services of UEs in the CELL_FACH state and are
discarded because of flow control for the CPUS

VS.Traffic.Report4A.CellFach.Disc.
Num.DownLink.FC

Number of A4 reports that are triggered by downlink traffic in


PS BE services of UEs in the CELL_FACH state and are
discarded because of flow control for the CPUS

3.3.11 Measurement Report Flow Control


Principle
Upon detecting that the CPU usage or message block occupancy rate of a CPUS is higher than a preset
threshold, the RNC starts measurement report (MR) flow control to reduce the number of MR messages
so that the CPU load does not rise further. The MRFCSW parameter in the SET FCSW command is
used to enable MR flow control. By default, it is enabled.

When the CPU usage or message block occupancy rate exceeds the threshold, the RNC starts MR
flow control. After MR flow control is started, the RNC stops sending MR measurement control
messages to newly admitted UEs. Consequently, NodeBs and these UEs stop submitting MR
measurement reports. MR flow control does not apply to UEs admitted before MR flow control is
started.

When the CPU usage and message block occupancy rate fall below their respective thresholds, the
RNC stops MR flow control.

The SET FCCPUTHD command is used to configure the thresholds for flow control based on CPU
usage, and the SET FCMSGQTHD command is used to configure the thresholds for flow control based
on message block occupancy rate.
The MR function collects the following measurement reports:

Intra-frequency cell measurement reports

Inter-frequency cell measurement reports

Inter-RAT cell measurement reports

DL BLER (downlink block error ratio) measurement reports

Iub SIR (signal-to-interference ratio) measurement reports

UE transmit power measurement reports

LCS (location services) measurement reports, including UE location reports, Iub RTT (round trip time)
measurement reports, and UE RX/TX (reception-transmission) measurement reports

RACH (random access channel) measurements reports

Overload Indication
When the CPU usage reaches a preset threshold (configured by the SET CPUTHD command), the
ALM-20256 CPU Overload is reported. To find out whether the alarm was reported for an XPU, check
the subrack number and slot number in the alarm.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-16

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

3 Flow Control for Overloaded RNC Units

3.3.12 Queue-based Shaping


Overview
When new service attempts generate a traffic volume that exceeds the maximum processing capability
of the CPU in a CPUS, the CPU usage rises to a high level. When a large number of service setup
attempts are made in a short period of time, the CPU usage fluctuates sharply.
To address these problems, the RNC adopts a token- and queue-based shaping solution, which includes
queue-based RRC shaping and queue-based cell update request shaping. Details are as follows:

Queue-based RRC shaping is performed on RRC connection requests to stabilize the CUP usage and
increase RRC and RAB setup success rates under heavy traffic.

Queue-based cell update request shaping is performed on cell update requests to stabilize the CUP
usage and increase the cell update success rate.

Tokens are permits to use the CPU resources of the CPUS. When an RRC connection request or cell
update request arrives, it applies for a token. RRC connection processing or cell update processing can
proceed only after being granted a token. If the RRC connection request or cell update request fails to
obtain a token, it attempts to enter a specific queue and remains there until a token is available. If the
queue is full, the RRC connection request or cell update request is discarded. Figure 3-4 shows how
queue-based RRC shaping works.
Figure 3-4 Queue-based RRC shaping

Queue-based RRC Shaping


By default, queue-based RRC shaping is disabled. To enable it, run the SET UCACALGOSWITCH
command with the RsvdPara1 parameter set to RSVDBIT14-1.
When an RRC connection request arrives, the CPUS checks its own CPU usage. If the CPU usage is
higher than 90%, the CPUS discards the RRC connection request if it is not from an emergency call. If
the CPU usage is not higher than 90%, the CPUS checks whether the CPU load meets the conditions for

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-17

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

3 Flow Control for Overloaded RNC Units

load sharing. If so, the CPUS forwards the RRC connection request to the MPU for load sharing. If not,
RNC performs queue-based RRC shaping. For details about load sharing, see chapter 7.2 "Load
Sharing on the Control Plane." Queue-based RRC shaping is as follows:
1. The RRC connection request applies for a token.
If

the request manages to obtain a token, the CPUS processes the request and this procedure ends.

If

the request fails to obtain a token and the queue is not full, the request enters the queue. Step 2
starts.

If

the request fails to obtain a token and the queue is full, the request is rejected and this procedure
ends.
When the number of RRC connection requests rejected per second exceeds the value of the
SysRrcRejNum parameter, the CPUS discards subsequent RRC connection requests.

2. The RRC connection request enters the queue.


3. The RRC connection request leaves the queue.
The

CPUS periodically scans the queues. If the RRC connection request has remained in a queue for
longer than half of the value of T300, the CPUS discards the message.

If

a token is available for the request, the request leaves the queue and the CPUS processes the
request.

The CPUS first processes RRC connection requests from emergency calls and terminated voice calls.
The RNC does not perform flow control on emergency calls, and emergency calls do not enter queues.

Queue-based Cell Update Request Shaping


Queue-based cell update request shaping is disabled by default. To enable it, run the SET
UCACALGOSWITCH command with the FlowCtrlSwitch parameter set to
CELL_UPDATE_QUEUE_FLOW_CTRL_SWITCH-1.
When a new cell update request arrives, the CPUS checks its own CPU usage. If the CPU usage is
higher than 90%, the CPUS discards the cell update request if it is not from an emergency call. If the
CPU usage is not higher than 90%, the RNC performs queue-based shaping. As shown in Figure 3-4,
the procedure for queue-based shaping is as follows:
1. The cell update request applies for a token.
If

the request manages to obtain a token, the CPUS processes the request and this procedure ends.

If

the request fails to obtain a token and the queue is not full, the request enters the queue. Step 2
starts.

If

the request fails to obtain a token and the queue is full, the request is rejected and this procedure
ends.

2. The cell update request enters the queue.


The RNC does not perform flow control on emergency calls. As a result, cell update requests for
emergency calls do not enter the queue.
3. The cell update request leaves the queue.
The CPUS periodically scans the queue. If the cell update request has remained in the queue for a
period of time longer than half the value of T302, the CPUS discards the request.

If a token is available to the request, the request leaves the queue and is then processed.
The CPUS preferentially processes cell update requests for emergency calls and conversational
services.

4. The CPUS processes the cell update request.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-18

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

3 Flow Control for Overloaded RNC Units

Overload Indication
When the CPU usage reaches a preset threshold (configured by the SET CPUTHD command), the
ALM-20256 CPU Overload is reported. To find out whether the alarm was reported for an XPU, check
the subrack number and slot number in the alarm.
After queue-based RRC shaping is started, the counters listed in the following table are reported:
Counter

Description

VS.RRC.CONV.FC.Num.RRCQueue.CPUS

Number of rejected and discarded RRC connection


requests in the CPUS for real-time services because of
queue-based RRC shaping

VS.RRC.FC.Num.RRCQueue.CPUS

Number of rejected and discarded RRC connection


requests in the CPUS because of queue-based RRC
shaping

VS.RRC.CONV.FC.Num.RRCQueue

Number of rejected and discarded RRC connection


requests in the cell for real-time services because of
queue-based RRC shaping

VS.RRC.FC.Num.RRCQueue

Number of rejected and discarded RRC connection


requests in the cell because of queue-based RRC
shaping

VS.RRC.FC.Disc.Num.RRCQueue.CPUS

Number of discarded RRC connection requests in the


CPUS because of queue-based RRC shaping

After queue-based cell update request shaping is started, the counters listed in the following table are
reported:
Counter

Description

VS.CU.FC.Num.RRCQueue

Number of discarded cell update requests in the cell


because of queue-based cell update request shaping

VS.CU.CONV.FC.Num.RRCQueue

Number of discarded cell update requests for


conversational services in the cell because of
queue-based cell update request shaping

3.3.13 CPUS-level Dynamic CAPS Control


Principle
The CPU of a CPUS only has a limited capacity to process services per second. If a large number of
service setup attempts are made within a short period of time, CAPS overload occurs on the CPUS,
leading to CPU overload. To address this problem, dynamic CAPS control based on the CPU usage has
been introduced to the CPUS in order to control RRC connection requests. The goal is to stabilize the
CPU usage and increase the RNC's effective capacity under heavy traffic. When the
CallShockCtrlSwitch parameter in the SET UCALLSHOCKCTRL command is set to
SYS_LEVEL_DYNAMIC-1, CPUS-level dynamic CAPS control is enabled. By default, CPUS-level
dynamic CAPS control is enabled.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-19

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

3 Flow Control for Overloaded RNC Units

With CPUS-level dynamic CAPS control, the CPU usage is compared with a preset target CPU usage
threshold. Based on the comparison result, the target CAPS of the CPUS is dynamically adjusted per
second. This controls the CPU usage. Details are as follows:

If the CPU usage is higher than the target CPU usage threshold, the target CAPS of the CPUS for the
next second is lowered. This way, fewer RRC connection requests will be allowed the next second and
the CPUS load is lowered.

If the CPU usage is lower than the target CPU usage threshold, the target CAPS of the CPUS for the
next second is raised. This way, more RRC connection requests will be allowed the next second and
the effective capacity of the system under heavy traffic is increased.

The target CPU usage threshold is configured by the DynaCapsFcTarCpu parameter, and the upper
limit to the target CAPS is configured by the DynaCapsFcMaxRrc parameter.
When a new RRC connection request arrives, the CPUS compares the number of admitted RRC
connection requests with the target CAPS for the current second.

If the number of admitted RRC connection requests is less than the target CAPS for the current
second, the CPUS admits the request.

If the number of admitted RRC connection requests is greater than or equal to the target CAPS for the
current second, the CPUS decides whether to use the target CAPS for the next second based on the
service type in the request. If the target CAPS for the next second is still insufficient to admit the
request, the CPUS rejects the request.

The target CAPS for the next second can be used if the service type in the request is one of the
following:
Emergency

call

Conversational
Streaming

service

Registration
Inter-RAT
IMSI

service

service

cell reselection

detach

Original

subscribed traffic call

If the number of RRC connection requests rejected by the CPUS per second exceeds the value of the
SysRrcRejNum parameter, the CPUS discards the RRC connection request.
CPUS-level dynamic CAPS control cannot work with RRC flow control, which is described in section
3.3.5 "RRC Flow Control." If they are both enabled, only CPUS-level dynamic CAPS control takes effect.

Overload Indication
When the CPU usage reaches a preset threshold (configured by the SET CPUTHD command), the
ALM-20256 CPU Overload is reported. To find out whether the alarm was reported for an XPU, check
the subrack number and slot number in the alarm.
After CPUS-level dynamic CAPS control starts, the counters listed in the following table are reported:
Counter

Description

VS.RRC.FC.Num.CallShock.CPUS

Number of rejected and discarded RRC connection


requests because of dynamic CAPS control

VS.RRC.CONV.FC.Num.CallShock.CPUS

Number of rejected and discarded RRC connection


requests for real-time services because of dynamic

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-20

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Counter

3 Flow Control for Overloaded RNC Units

Description
CAPS control

3.4 Flow Control Triggered by MPU Overload


Flow control triggered by MPU overload is twofold: basic flow control for the MPU and MPU overload
backpressure.

3.4.1 Basic Flow Control for the MPU


Principle
Basic flow control for an MPU is performed on printing, debugging, and logging. The MPU software
monitors the CPU usage and message block occupancy rate of the MPU in real time. Based on the
monitored data, the MPU software starts or stops all or some of the basic flow control functions.

When the CPU usage or message block occupancy rate reaches the threshold, the MPU software
starts flow control.

When the CPU usage and message block occupancy rate fall below the threshold, the MPU software
stops flow control.

The SET FCCPUTHD command is used to configure the thresholds for flow control based on CPU
usage, and the SET FCMSGQTHD command is used to configure the thresholds for flow control based
on message block occupancy rate.
The SET FCSW command is used to enable the basic flow control functions. By default, all basic flow
control functions are enabled. Basic flow control for the MPU has no impact on services.

Overload Indication
When the CPU usage reaches a preset threshold (configured by the SET CPUTHD command), the
ALM-20256 CPU Overload is reported. To find out whether the alarm was reported for an XPU, check
the subrack number and slot number in the alarm.
EVT-22835 Flow Control is reported when a basic flow control function is started. To find out which basic
flow control function was started, check the flow control type in the event.
The following counters indicate the CPU usage and message block occupancy rate.
Counter

Description

VS.XPU.CPULOAD.MEAN

Average CPU usage of the XPU

VS.XPU.MSGLOAD.MEAN

Average message block occupancy rate of the XPU

3.4.2 MPU Overload Backpressure


Principle
Under heavy traffic, the CPU of the MPU may be overloaded and fail to process services properly as a
result. The RNC adopts an overload backpressure function. With this function, CPUSs work with MPUs

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-21

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

3 Flow Control for Overloaded RNC Units

to perform flow control on RRC CONNECTION REQUEST messages to alleviate the impact of heavy
traffic on MPUs.
Congestion detection is performed based on the instantaneous CPU usage of the MPU. When the CPU
usage of the MPU reaches 80% (this percentage is unconfigurable) or higher, the MPU sends a
congestion message to the CPUS bound to it, as shown in Figure 3-5.
Figure 3-5 Flow control based on MPU overload

Upon receipt of the congestion message from the MPU, the CPUS adjusts the flow control level. The
RNC adjusts the number of RRC connection requests that can be admitted on the CPUS each second
according to the flow control level change. Flow control for the CPUS is performed on a scale of 30
levels. A higher flow control level means fewer RRC connection requests admitted each second.
The CPUS adjusts the flow control level by using two timers, one with a value of 2.2 seconds, the other
with a value of 0.8 seconds.

Upon receiving a congestion message from the MPU, the CPUS increases the flow control level by
one and starts the two timers.

If MPU congestion messages are received before the 0.8-second timer expires, the CPUS does not
take any actions.

If MPU congestion messages are received after the 0.8-second timer expires but before the
2.2-second timer expires, the CPUS increases the flow control level by one and restarts the two timers.
After the 2.2-second timer expires, the CPUS decreases the flow control level by one.

When the RsvdPara1 parameter in the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command is set to


RSVDBIT1_BIT19-1, MPU overload backpressure is enabled. By default, it is enabled.

Overload Indication
When the CPU usage reaches a preset threshold (configured by the SET CPUTHD command), the
ALM-20256 CPU Overload is reported. To find out whether the alarm was reported for an XPU, check
the subrack number and slot number in the alarm.
Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-22

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

3 Flow Control for Overloaded RNC Units

After MPU overload backpressure is enabled, the counters listed in the following table are reported:
Counter

Description

VS.RRC.CONV.FC.Num.MPU.CPUS

Number of rejected and discarded RRC connection


requests in the CPUS for real-time services because of
MPU overload backpressure

VS.RRC.FC.Num.MPU.CPUS

Number of rejected and discarded RRC connection


requests in the CPUS because of MPU overload
backpressure

VS.RRC.CONV.FC.Num.MPU.OverLoad

Number of rejected and discarded RRC connection


requests in the cell for real-time services because of MPU
overload backpressure

VS.RRC.FC.Num.MPU.OverLoad

Number of rejected and discarded RRC connection


requests in the cell because of MPU overload backpressure

VS.RRC.FC.Disc.Num.MPU.CPUS

Number of discarded RRC connection requests in the


CPUS because of MPU overload backpressure

3.5 Flow Control Triggered by INT Overload


Flow control triggered by INT overload is threefold: basic flow control for the INT, flow control triggered
by INT overload on the control plane, and flow control triggered by Iub interface board overload on the
user plane.

3.5.1 Basic Flow Control for the INT


Principle
When an interface board (INT) is heavily loaded, it starts basic flow control. Basic flow control for an INT
is performed on printing, debugging, and logging. The INT software monitors the CPU usage and
message block occupancy rate of the INT in real time. Based on the monitored data, the INT software
starts or stops all or some of the basic flow control functions.

When the CPU usage or message block occupancy rate reaches the threshold, the INT software starts
flow control.

When the CPU usage and message block occupancy rate fall below the threshold, the INT software
stops flow control.

The SET FCCPUTHD command is used to configure the thresholds for flow control based on CPU
usage, and the SET FCMSGQTHD command is used to configure the thresholds for flow control based
on message block occupancy rate. Basic flow control for the INT has no impact on services.
The SET FCSW command is used to enable the basic flow control functions. By default, all basic flow
control functions are enabled.

Overload Indication
When the CPU usage reaches a preset threshold (configured by the SET CPUTHD command), the
ALM-20256 CPU Overload is reported. To find out whether the alarm was reported for an INT, check the
subrack number and slot number in the alarm.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-23

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

3 Flow Control for Overloaded RNC Units

EVT-22835 Flow Control is reported when a basic flow control function is started. To find out which basic
flow control function was started, check the flow control type in the event.
The counter VS.INT.CPULOAD.MEAN indicates the CPU usage.

3.5.2 Flow Control Triggered by INT Overload on the Control Plane


Principle
After a UE initiates an RRC connection request and obtains transmission resources on the MPU, the
CPUS sends a session setup request to the interface board. When a large number of service setup
requests are made in a short period of time, the interface board needs to process a large number of
session setup requests and may be overloaded. The MPU adopts a flow control process based on
service priorities and the instantaneous CPU usage of the interface board. This type of flow control
improves the RAB setup success rate when the interface board is heavily loaded.
The interface board reports its CPU usage to the MPU each second, as shown in Figure 3-6. Based on
the CPU usage of the interface board, the MPU adjusts the maximum number of session setup requests
admitted by the interface board. If the number of RRC connection requests already admitted is larger
than the maximum number allowed, the RNC only processes RRC connection requests from emergency
calls and high-priority services. The FcOnItfBrd parameter in the SET TNSOFTPARA command is used
to enable this type of flow control. It is enabled by default and applies to Iub, Iu, and Iur interface boards.
The maximum number of session setup requests allowed determines the signaling processing capability
of the interface board. High-priority services involved in this type of flow control refer to incoming and
outgoing voice calls, inter-RAT cell reselection, and registration.
Figure 3-6 Flow control triggered by INT overload

When the CPU usage of the interface board exceeds 90%, the MPU starts discarding RRC connection
requests from all UEs.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-24

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

3 Flow Control for Overloaded RNC Units

Overload Indication
When the CPU usage reaches a preset threshold (configured by the SET CPUTHD command), the
ALM-20256 CPU Overload is reported. To find out whether the alarm was reported for an INT, check the
subrack number and slot number in the alarm.
After flow control triggered by INT overload on the control plane is started, the counters listed in the
following table are reported:
Counter

Description

VS.RRC.CONV.FC.Num.INT.CPUS

Number of rejected and discarded RRC connection requests


for real-time services in the CPUS because of flow control
triggered by a high CPU usage of the INT

VS.RRC.FC.Num.INT.CPUS

Number of rejected and discarded RRC connection requests


for all services except emergency calls in the CPUS because
of flow control triggered by a high CPU usage of the INT

VS.RRC.CONV.FC.Num.INT.OverLoad

Number of rejected and discarded RRC connection requests


for real-time services in the cell because of flow control
triggered by a high CPU usage of the INT

VS.RRC.FC.Num.INT.OverLoad

Number of rejected and discarded RRC connection requests


for all services in the cell because of flow control triggered by
a high CPU usage of the INT

3.5.3 Flow Control Triggered by Iub Interface Board Overload on the


User Plane
When the amount of user-plane data sent from the DPU to the interface board exceeds the processing
capability of the interface board, the interface board throughput decreases and the packet loss rate
increases. To address this problem, the RNC adopts backpressure-based downlink congestion control.
For more details, see the Transmission Resource Management Feature Parameter Description.

3.6 Flow Control Triggered by DPU Overload


3.6.1 DPU Basic Flow Control
When a DPU is heavily loaded, it starts basic flow control. Basic flow control for a DPU is performed on
printing, debugging, and logging. The DPU software monitors the CPU usage and message block
occupancy rate of the DPU in real time. Based on the monitored data, the DPU software starts or stops
all or some of the basic flow control functions.

When the CPU usage or message block occupancy rate reaches the threshold, the DPU software
starts flow control.

When the CPU usage and message block occupancy rate fall below the threshold, the DPU software
stops flow control.

The SET FCCPUTHD command is used to configure the thresholds for flow control based on CPU
usage, and the SET FCMSGQTHD command is used to configure the thresholds for flow control based
on message block occupancy rate. Basic flow control for the DPU has no impact on services.
The SET FCSW command is used to enable the basic flow control functions. By default, all basic flow
control functions are enabled.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-25

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

3 Flow Control for Overloaded RNC Units

Overload Indication
When the CPU usage reaches a preset threshold (configured by the SET CPUTHD command), the
ALM-20256 CPU Overload is reported. To find out whether the alarm was reported for a DPU, check the
subrack number and slot number in the alarm.
EVT-22835 Flow Control is reported when a basic flow control function is started. To find out which basic
flow control function was started, check the flow control type in the event.
When all digital signal processors (DSPs) under the RNC have been heavily loaded for an extended
period of time, the RNC reports the ALM-22305 Resource overload on the user plane.

3.6.2 Flow Control Triggered by DSP CPU Overload


Principle
To ensure admission of CS services and quality of ongoing CS services, the RNC lowers the rates of BE
services when the CPU of a DSP is heavily loaded. By default, this type of flow control is enabled.
Each DSP of the DPU periodically monitors its own CPU usage.

When the CPU usage is between SSDSPAVEUSAGEALMTHD and SSDSPMAXUSAGEALMTHD,


the RNC lowers the rates of BE services.

When the CPU usage is lower than the threshold SSDSPAVEUSAGEALMTHD, the RNC raises the
rates of BE services.

To prevent the DSP from crashing, the RNC adopts a protection threshold, whose value is 90%.
During a monitoring period, when the RNC detects that the CPU usage is above 90%, it further lowers
service rates and starts to prevent users in the CELL_FACH state from accessing the network.

When the RNC raises or lowers service rates, the current monitoring period is ended. To prevent
frequent changes in service rates, the RNC waits a period of time before starting the next monitoring
period. During this period, the RNC does not increase or decrease rates of BE services.

Overload Indication
There are no indications when the CPU of a DSP is overloaded.

3.7 Flow Control Triggered by SCU Overload


3.7.1 Principle
When an SCU is heavily loaded, it starts basic flow control. Basic flow control for an SCU is performed
on printing, debugging, performance monitoring, and logging. The SCU software monitors the CPU
usage and message block occupancy rate of the SCU in real time. Based on the monitored data, the
SCU software starts or stops all or some of the basic flow control functions.

When the CPU usage or message block occupancy rate reaches the threshold, the SCU software
starts flow control.

When the CPU usage and message block occupancy rate fall below the threshold, the SCU software
stops flow control.

The SET FCCPUTHD command is used to configure the thresholds for flow control based on CPU
usage, and the SET FCMSGQTHD command is used to configure the thresholds for flow control based
on message block occupancy rate. Basic flow control for the SCU has no impact on services.
The SET FCSW command is used to enable the basic flow control functions. By default, all basic flow
control functions are enabled.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-26

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

3 Flow Control for Overloaded RNC Units

3.7.2 Overload Indication


When the CPU usage reaches a preset threshold (configured by the SET CPUTHD command), the
ALM-20256 CPU Overload is reported. To find out whether the alarm was reported for an SCU, check
the subrack number and slot number in the alarm.
EVT-22835 Flow Control is reported when a basic flow control function is started. To find out which basic
flow control function was started, check the flow control type in the event.
The counter VS.SCU.CPULOAD.MEAN indicates the CPU usage.

3.8 Flow Control Triggered by GCU Overload


3.8.1 Principle
When a GCU is heavily loaded, it starts basic flow control. Basic flow control for a GCU is performed on
printing, debugging, and logging. The GCU software monitors the CPU usage and message block
occupancy rate of the GCU in real time. Based on the monitored data, the GCU software starts or stops
all or some of the basic flow control functions.

When the CPU usage or message block occupancy rate reaches the threshold, the GCU software
starts flow control.

When the CPU usage and message block occupancy rate fall below the threshold, the GCU software
stops flow control.

The SET FCCPUTHD command is used to configure the thresholds for flow control based on CPU
usage, and the SET FCMSGQTHD command is used to configure the thresholds for flow control based
on message block occupancy rate. Basic flow control for the GCU has no impact on services.
The SET FCSW command is used to enable the basic flow control functions. By default, all basic flow
control functions are enabled.

3.8.2 Overload Indication


When the CPU usage reaches a preset threshold (configured by the SET CPUTHD command), the
ALM-20256 CPU Overload is reported. To find out whether the alarm was reported for a GCU, check the
subrack number and slot number in the alarm.
EVT-22835 Flow Control is reported when a basic flow control function is started. To find out which basic
flow control function was started, check the flow control type in the event.
The counter VS. GCU.CPULOAD.MEAN indicates the CPU usage.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

3-27

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

4 Flow Control Triggered by NodeB/Cell Overload

4 Flow Control Triggered by NodeB/Cell Overload


4.1 CAPS Control
4.1.1 Overview
When the number of calls in a cell sharply increases, most system resources (mainly radio resources)
are consumed processing the enormous amount of RRC connection setup requests. Therefore, the
remaining resources are insufficient for processing subsequent RAB assignment requests, resulting in
call failures.
To solve this problem, the RNC implements cell-level CAPS control (also simply known as CAPS
control). This function limits the number of RRC connection requests admitted to a cell each second. By
preventing the traffic of a single cell from surging, CAPS control helps maintain a stable traffic volume on
the network. Figure 4-1 shows the procedure for CAPS control.
Figure 4-1 Procedure for CAPS control

To prevent the UE from frequently retrying to set up an RRC connection and exacerbating network
congestion, the RNC includes a wait time in the RRC CONNECTION REJECT message it sends to the
UE. Upon an RRC connection setup failure, the UE waits this period of time before retrying. This function
requires the support of the UE.
Different parameters configure the wait time for different types of services, as described in Table 4-1.
Table 4-1 Parameters for the wait time
Service Type

Parameter

BE services and streaming services

RrcConnRejWaitTmr

Other services

LowRrcConnRejWaitTmr

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

4-1

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

4 Flow Control Triggered by NodeB/Cell Overload

4.1.2 Static CAPS Control


Principle
Static CAPS control is disabled by default. With static CAPS control, the RNC periodically checks the
total number of RRC connection requests received by a cell. When this number exceeds a preset
threshold, the RNC triggers flow control.
To enable static CAPS control for the RNC, select CELL_LEVEL under CallShockCtrlSwitch by
running the SET UCALLSHOCKCTRL command.
To enable static CAPS control for each cell, enable static CAPS control for the RNC first, and then select
RSVDBIT4 under RsvdPara1 by running the ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH command. By default,
RSVDBIT4 is set to 0. In addition, set the cell parameters CellTotalRrcNumThd, CellAmrRrcNum, and
CellHighPriRrcNum.
The check period for static CAPS control is set by the CallShockJudgePeriod parameter.
This flow control function is triggered when the total number of RRC connection requests received in a
cell within a measurement period exceeds the value of CellTotalRrcNumThd.
Table 4-2 describes the flow control policy for different services.
Table 4-2 Flow control policy
Service

Flow Control Policy

PS BE services (interactive
service and background
service), streaming service,
and short message service
(SMS)

If the total number of RRC connection requests received in a cell


within a measurement period reaches the value of the
CellTotalRrcNumThd parameter, the RNC rejects the access
requests of these services.

AMR services

If the total number of RRC connection requests received in a cell


within a measurement period reaches the value of the
CellTotalRrcNumThd parameter, the RNC rejects the access
requests of AMR services.

Registration and inter-RAT cell


reselection

When the RegByFachSwitch parameter is set to ON, the RNC


forcibly sets up the RRC connection of registrations on the FACH.
The number of RRC connection requests for registrations and
inter-RAT cell reselections in a cell each second must not exceed the
value of the CellHighPriRrcNum parameter. Once the limit is
reached, the RNC rejects all subsequent requests.

Emergency call

Flow control is not applied to emergency calls.

The SYS_LEVEL field of the CallShockCtrlSwitch parameter is used to enable CPUS-level static
CAPS control, which no longer applies. The NODEB_LEVEL field of the CallShockCtrlSwitch
parameter is used to enable NodeB-level static CAPS control, which no longer applies.
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT10 of the ReservedSwitch0 parameter (set by running the SET
UCORRMPARA command) specifies whether to enable CPU usage restriction to trigger cell-level static
CAPS control. When RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT10 is selected, cell-level static CAPS control takes
effect only if the CPU usage reaches a preset threshold. By default, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT10 is
not selected, indicating that CPU usage restriction does not take effect. The ReservedU8Para2
parameter indicates the threshold for starting static CAPS control due to CPU usage restriction. The
Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

4-2

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

4 Flow Control Triggered by NodeB/Cell Overload

parameter's default value is 80. The ReservedU8Para3 parameter indicates the threshold for stopping
static CAPS control due to CPU usage restriction. The parameter's default value is 70.

Overload Indication
After static CAPS control is started, the counters listed in the following table are reported:
Counter

Description

VS.RRC.FC.Disc.Num.CallShock.CPUS

Number of RRC connection requests discarded on the


CPUS because of CAPS control

VS.RRC.CONV.FC.Num.CallShock.CPU
S

Number of rejected and discarded RRC connection


requests in the CPUS for real-time services because of
CAPS control

VS.RRC.FC.Num.CallShock.CPUS

Number of rejected and discarded RRC connection


requests in the CPUS because of CAPS control

VS.RRC.CONV.FC.Num.CallShock

Number of rejected and discarded RRC connection


requests in the cell for real-time services because of CAPS
control

VS.RRC.FC.Num.CallShock

Number of rejected and discarded RRC connection


requests in the cell because of CAPS control

4.1.3 Dynamic CAPS Control


Principle
Offering an enhancement to static CAPS control, cell-level dynamic CAPS control adjusts the number of
RRC connection requests allowed for a cell per second based on the real-time CPU usage. The
algorithm for cell-level dynamic CAPS control is similar to that for CPUS-level dynamic CAPS control,
which is described in section 3.3.13 "CPUS-level Dynamic CAPS Control."
Cell-level dynamic CAPS control is disabled by default. To enable this function, users can set
CELLKPITOCAPS to ON by running the ADD UCELLFCALGOPARA command.
The cell compares the current RRC connection failure rate with RejectKPICTHD (threshold for triggering
flow control) every 6s. If the threshold is reached, cell-level dynamic CAPS control starts. This function
dynamically controls the number of admitted services in a cell. The specific policy is as follows:

If the RRC connection failure rate in the current period is greater than RejectKPIRTHD, the cell lowers
the number of RRC connection requests allowed for the cell in the next period, reducing the impact of
invalid service access on the CPU load of the cell.

If the RRC connection failure rate in the current period is less than RejectKPIRTHD, the cell raises the
number of RRC connection requests allowed for the cell in the next period, enabling more services to
access the cell.

If the RRC connection failure rate is less than RejectKPIRTHD for 10 consecutive periods, the cell
stops cell-level dynamic CAPS control.

When a new RRC connection request arrives, the cell compares the number of admitted RRC
connection requests with the target CAPS for the current second:

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

4-3

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

4 Flow Control Triggered by NodeB/Cell Overload

If the number of admitted RRC connection requests is less than the target CAPS for the current
second, the cell admits the request.

If the number of admitted RRC connection requests is greater than or equal to the target CAPS for the
current second, the cell decides whether to use the target CAPS for the next second based on the
service type in the request. If the target CAPS for the next second is still insufficient to admit the
request, the cell rejects the request.

The target CAPS for the next second can be used if the service type in the request is one of the
following:
Emergency

call

Conversational
Streaming

service

Registration
Inter-RAT
IMSI

service

service

cell reselection

detach

Original

subscribed traffic call

Overload Indication
After cell-level dynamic CAPS control starts, the counters listed in the following table are reported:
Counter

Description

VS.RRC.FC.Num.CAPS

Number of RRC connection requests in a cell because of


CAPS control

VS.RRC.CONV.FC.Num.CAPS

Number of RRC connection requests for real-time services


in a cell because of CAPS control

4.1.4 Cell-level Dynamic CAPS Control Due to Congestion Reverse


Pressure
Principle
If the NodeB or NodeB control port (NCP) and the corresponding cell are configured on different CPUSs,
cell-level flow control cannot be triggered. To resolve this issue, cell-level dynamic CAPS control due to
congestion reverse pressure is used. This function is triggered by NCP link congestion or CPUS
overload for the NodeB or NCP.
Specifically, cell-level dynamic CAPS control due to congestion reverse pressure is triggered when any
of the following trigger conditions is met:

The RRC connection failure rate of the cell reaches RejectKPICTHD.

The CPUS serving the NodeB where the cell is established is overloaded.

The CPUS serving the NCP for the NodeB where the cell is established is overloaded.

The link on the NCP for the NodeB where the cell is established is congested.

Cell-level dynamic CAPS control due to congestion reverse pressure is stopped when none of the
preceding four conditions is met. Cell-level dynamic CAPS control due to congestion reverse pressure is
similar to cell-level dynamic CAPS control described in section 4.1.3 "Dynamic CAPS Control." The only
difference lies in how flow control is triggered and stopped.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

4-4

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

4 Flow Control Triggered by NodeB/Cell Overload

The NRMFCSW parameter of the SET FCSW command specifies whether to enable flow control due to
CPUS overload for the NodeB or NCP. The parameter's default value is ON, indicating that flow control is
enabled. The NRMCPUCTHD parameter of the SET FCCPUTHD command sets the threshold for
triggering flow control. The parameter's default value is 90. The NRMCPURTHD parameter sets the
threshold for stopping flow control. The parameter's default value is 80.
Flow control due to NCP link congestion is controlled at the RNC and NodeB. To enable RNC-level flow
control, set NcpCongFlowCtrSwitch to ON by running the SET ULDCALGOPARA command. To
enable NodeB-level flow control, select RSVDBIT4 under RsvdPara1 by running the MOD
UNODEBALGOPARA command. Users must enable RNC-level flow control before enabling
NodeB-level flow control.
The RNC sends the information about CPUS load and NCP congestion (or congestion relief) to the cell
every 3s. The cell decides whether to perform flow control based on the CPUS load and NCP congestion
status:

If the CPUS is overloaded or the NCP is congested, the cell lowers the number of RRC connection
requests allowed for the cell in the next period, reducing the impact of invalid service access on the
CPU load of the cell.

If the CPUS is not overloaded and the NCP is not congested, the cell raises the number of RRC
connection requests allowed for the cell in the next period, enabling more services to access the cell.

When a new RRC connection request arrives, the cell compares the number of admitted RRC
connection requests with the target CAPS for the current second:

If the number of admitted RRC connection requests is less than the target CAPS for the current
second, the cell admits the request.

If the number of admitted RRC connection requests is greater than or equal to the target CAPS for the
current second, the cell decides whether to use the target CAPS for the next second based on the
service type in the request. If the target CAPS for the next second is still insufficient to admit the
request, the cell rejects the request.

The target CAPS for the next second can be used if the service type in the request is one of the
following:
Emergency

call

Conversational
Streaming

service

Registration
Inter-RAT
IMSI

service

service

cell reselection

detach

Original

subscribed traffic call

Overload Indication
After cell-level dynamic CAPS control due to congestion reverse pressure starts, the counters listed in
the following table are reported:
Counter

Description

VS.RRC.FC.Num.CAPS

Number of RRC connection requests in a cell because of


CAPS control

VS.RRC.CONV.FC.Num.CAPS

Number of RRC connection requests for real-time services


in a cell because of CAPS control

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

4-5

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

4 Flow Control Triggered by NodeB/Cell Overload

4.2 PCH Congestion Control


4.2.1 Principle
Because PS services are growing so rapidly, the number of paging messages consuming a large
amount of paging resources is also increasing rapidly. As a result, the paging success rate of CS
services may be affected. To address this issue, the RNC implements PCH congestion control. With
PCH congestion control, CS services are allowed to preempt the paging resources of PS services in the
event of PCH congestion, increasing the paging success rate of CS services.
When the number of transmitted paging messages in a transmission time interval (TTI) reaches the
maximum (known as PCH congestion), push to talk (PTT) services and conversational services can start
preempting the paging resources of other services. If preemption fails, the paging message for a PTT or
conversational service is discarded. The rules for PCH congestion control are as follows:

PTT services can preempt the paging resources of other services but its resources cannot be
preempted by other services.

Conversational services can preempt the paging resources of non-conversational services.

The paging messages of other services (except PTT services and conversational services) are
discarded.

By default, PCH congestion control is disabled. To enable PCH congestion control and allow the
conversational services to preempt the paging resources of non-conversational services, run the SET
UDPUCFGDATA command to set PAGINGSWITCH to ON.
If the value of the counter VS.RRC.Paging1.Loss.PCHCong.Cell is not 0, the PCH is congested. If this
happens, enable PCH congestion control and do not disable it once it is enabled.

4.2.2 Overload Indication


When the PCH is congested, the paging messages are discarded. The counter
VS.RRC.Paging1.Loss.PCHCong.Cell indicates the number of discarded paging messages.
When the PCH congestion control function is enabled, CS services can preempt the paging resources of
PS services. The counter VS.RRC.Paging1.PCHCong.CSPreemptAtt indicates the number of paging
preemptions by CS services in a cell due to PCH congestion.

4.3 FACH Congestion Control


4.3.1 Overview
The Forward Access Channel (FACH) is a downlink common transport channel that carries control
messages to a UE during initial access and state transition. The FACH may also carry a small quantity of
user-plane data. FACH congestion may block information exchange between UEs and the network,
affecting service provisioning. To address this issue, the RNC implements FACH congestion control.
FACH congestion may be due to the fact that the number of UEs in the CELL_FACH state is limited, or
the fact that the resources of the logical channels (CCCH/DCCH/DTCH) on the FACH are congested.
Table 4-3 describes how flow control is implemented in different scenarios where FACH congestion is
the problem.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

4-6

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

4 Flow Control Triggered by NodeB/Cell Overload

Table 4-3 FACH flow control


Cause of FACH
Congestion

Flow Control Actions

Limited number of UEs


in the CELL_FACH
state

The P2D transitions are triggered.

CCCH congestion

Message retransmission is stopped.

The D2Idle transitions of PS BE services are triggered.

New PS BE services are rejected and data transmission of admitted PS BE


services is forbidden.
DCCH congestion

The P2D transitions of CS services are triggered.


The D2Idle transitions of PS BE services are triggered.
The F2D transitions of PS BE services are forbidden.
The P2F transitions of PS BE services are forbidden.

DTCH congestion

The traffic volume-based P2D transitions of PS services are triggered.

When there is CCCH/DCCH/DTCH congestion on the FACH, the RNC performs flow control based on
the congestion level. The congestion level is determined by comparing the channel buffer size and
preset thresholds, as described in Table 4-4.
Table 4-4 Determination on CCCH/DCCH/DTCH congestion level
Congestion
Level

Determining Condition

Parameter for CCCH

Parameter for DCCH/DTCH

Non-congestion

Channel buffer size less


than the congestion
clearance threshold

CCCHCongClearThd

FachCongClearThd

Minor
congestion

Channel buffer size


greater than or equal to
the congestion threshold

CCCHCongThd

FachCongThd

Major
congestion

Channel buffer size


greater than or equal to
the discard threshold

None

N/A

The congestion and congestion clearance thresholds are set by using the SET UDPUCFGDATA
command. Keep the default values (60 for the congestion threshold and 30 for the congestion clearance
threshold). If you need to modify the parameter settings, consult Huawei technical support because the
modification affects flow control.
For details about WCDMA channels, see the Radio Bearers Feature Parameter Description. For details
about state transitions, see the State Transition Feature Parameter Description.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

4-7

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

4 Flow Control Triggered by NodeB/Cell Overload

4.3.2 Flow Control Based on Limited Number of UEs in the


CELL_FACH State
Principle
Generally, a state transition from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH (referred to as a D2F transition) shall occur
if Event 4B is triggered, as indicated by procedure
in Figure 4-2. Event 4B is triggered when the
traffic volume of the UE is low for some time. If a UE in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state needs to
transmit data or respond to a paging message, it initiates a cell update message to enter the
CELL_FACH state, as shown in procedure
in Figure 4-2.
The number of UEs on the FACH (UEs in the CELL_FACH state) is limited in a cell. The two types of
state transition previously mentioned may fail if the number of UEs in the CELL_FACH state reaches the
limit. As a result, UEs in the CELL_DCH state, having little or no data to transmit, may continuously
occupy the dedicated channels and cell resource utilization may decrease as a result. UEs in the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state may also fail to perform data transmission or respond to paging
messages and finally enter the idle state, leading to PS service drops. Generally, the maximum number
of UEs in the CELL_FACH state is 30. To raise this value to 60, run the SET UCACALGOSWITCH
command to set the CacSwitch parameter to FACH_60_USER_SWITCH-1.
Figure 4-2 UE state transitions

The RNC allows D2Idle transitions (procedure


in Figure 4-2) and P2D transitions (procedure
in
Figure 4-2), when the number of UEs in the CELL_FACH state has reached the upper limit. Table 4-5
describes the trigger conditions for these state transitions.
Table 4-5 Trigger conditions for a D2Idle transition and a P2D transition
UE State

State
Transition

Trigger Condition

Switch

CELL_DCH

D2Idle

The IE "Volume" of all Event 4Bs is 0, triggering


a D2F transition.

The ReservedSwitch0
parameter is set to
RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT16-1.

The D2F transition fails because the number of


UEs in the CELL_FACH state has reached the
upper limit.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

4-8

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

4 Flow Control Triggered by NodeB/Cell Overload

UE State

State
Transition

Trigger Condition

Switch

CELL_PCH/
URA_PCH

P2D

The cause of a cell update is "uplink data


transmission" or "paging response", triggering a
P2F transition.

The RsvdPara1
parameter is set to
RSVDBIT1_BIT20-1.

The P2F transition fails because the number of


UEs in the CELL_FACH state has reached the
upper limit.

The D2Idle transition function is disabled by default, and can be enabled by running the SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH command. After a UE moves to the idle state, the RNC releases the
dedicated channel for the UE in order to improve the cell resource utilization.

The P2D transition function is disabled by default, and can be enabled by running the SET
URRCTRLSWITCH command. During a P2D transition, the RNC delivers the UE a cell update confirm
message on the CCCH, which prevents call drops because the delivery does not use up resources
designated for UEs in the CELL_FACH state. The initial access rate of a PS service is 8 kbit/s after the
UE has entered the CELL_DCH state.
The

rate of PS BE services (non-PTT services) can be limited to 8 kbit/s to prevent excess usage of
the DCH resources. This function can be enabled by running the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH
command with the ReservedSwitch1 parameter set to RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT6-1. This
function is enabled by default.

The

PS BE service (non-PTT services) can be set up on the HS-DSCH or E-DCH when the call drop
rate increases because of a large number of P2D transitions as well as H attempts or DCCC rate
increase attempts of users on the DCH. An H attempt refers to a channel shift from DCH to HS-DSCH
or E-DCH. This function is disabled by default. To enable it, run the SET UCORRMPARA command
with the PerfEnhanceSwitch parameter set to PERFENH_PSTraffic_P2H_SWITCH-1.

If the number of UEs in the CELL_FACH state reaches the upper limit, cell updates may fail, including
those triggered by radio link setup failures. As a result, call drops may occur. To prevent this, you can
reserve some UEs in the CELL_FACH state for cell updates. To set the number of reserved users, run
the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH command and modify the ReservedU32Para1 parameter.
If the maximum number of UEs in the CELL_FACH state is 30 and the number of reserved UEs in the
CELL_FACH state is 5, the D2F transition shown in Figure 4-2 will not be implemented when the number
of UEs in the CELL_FACH state reaches 25. Instead, the D2Idle transition may be triggered. The
resources for reserved UEs are for the users who send cell update messages.
If the value of the counter VS.CellFACHUEs, which indicates the number of UEs in the FACH state, is
within the interval of [25,55), run the LST UCACALGOSWITCH command to check the value of the
CacSwitch parameter. If the value of this parameter is FACH_60_USER_SWITCH-0, it is recommended
that you run the SET UCACALGOSWITCH command to set CacSwitch to FACH_60_USER_SWITCH-1,
which means that the maximum number of UEs in the FACH state is 60.
If the value of the counter VS.CellFACHUEs is greater than or equal to 55, run the LST
UCELLALGOSWITCH command to check the value of the NBMCacAlgoSwitch parameter, no matter
what value the CacSwitch parameter has. If the value of the NBMCacAlgoSwitch parameter is
FACH_USER_NUM_NOT_CTRL-0, it is recommended that you run the ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH
command to set NBMCacAlgoSwitch to FACH_USER_NUM_NOT_CTRL-1, which lifts the restriction
on the number of UEs in the FACH state.
After the restriction on the number of UEs in the FACH state is lifted, setting CacSwitch to FACH_60_USER_SWITCH-1
will not change the maximum number of UEs in the FACH state to 60.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

4-9

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

4 Flow Control Triggered by NodeB/Cell Overload

When there are no restrictions on the number of UEs in the CELL_FACH state, more UEs can always
stay online. However, FACH congestion may occur if a large number of UEs are in the CELL_FACH
state. Therefore, it is recommended that functions used to alleviate FACH congestion be enabled after
restrictions on the number of UEs in the CELL_FACH state are lifted. These functions include P2D
transitions, D2Idle transitions, D2F based on SDU delay, CCCH flow control, DCCH flow control, and
DTCH flow control. Therefore, the CELL_FACH user number may be not very high due to the above
actions according to FACH congestion.
For details about UE state transition in normal cases, see the State Transition Feature Parameter
Description.

Overload Indication
The counter VS.CellFACHUEs indicates the number of UEs in the CELL_FACH state.

4.3.3 CCCH Flow Control


Principle
The common control channel (CCCH) is a logical channel that transmits control messages, such as RRC
messages and cell update confirm messages, between the RNC and UEs. The CCCH processes the
received messages in its buffer in sequence. The CCCH processes the following messages:

RRC CONNECTION SETUP

RRC CONNECTION REJECT

RRC CONNECTION RELEASE

CELL/URA UPDATE CONFIRM (used during a P2D transition for cell update)

The CCCH may be congested in either of the following situations:

UEs with PS services frequently send RRC connection requests.

A large number of UE registrations (including 2G/3G cell reselections) occur within a short period.

CCCH congestion may become severer in either of the following situations:

The RNC repeatedly sends a UE the RRC connection setup message or cell update confirm message
within the time specified by T381, aiming to increase the success rate of the UE receiving the RRC
connection setup message or cell update confirm message.

A UE repeatedly sends the RRC connection request or cell update message to the RNC if the UE does
not receive the RRC connection setup message within T300 or the cell update confirm message within
T302. This is because the RRC connection setup message and cell update confirm message sent by
the RNC the first time may have been discarded if the CCCH is congested.

To guarantee the success rate of RRC connection setup and cell update in case of CCCH congestion,
the RNC implements CCCH flow control.
The RNC performs CCCH flow control differentiating the RRC connection requests and the P2D
transitions for cell update according to the CCCH congestion level. The CCCH congestion level is
determined by comparing the CCCH buffer size and preset thresholds, as described in Table 4-4. Figure
4-3 shows CCCH flow control.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

4-10

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

4 Flow Control Triggered by NodeB/Cell Overload

Figure 4-3 CCCH flow control

In the event of minor CCCH congestion, the RNC performs flow control as follows:
For

CS service requests, the RNC handles the RRC connection requests and cell update messages
as it normally does, but it does not retransmit these messages because T381 is stopped.

For

PS BE service requests, the RNC discards the retransmitted RRC connection requests after
T300 expires and cell update messages after T302 expires. This means that the RNC only handles
the service request transmitted for the first time. In addition, the RNC stops T381.

In the event of major CCCH congestion, the RNC performs flow control as follows:
The RNC discards RRC connection requests, rejects new PS BE services, discards the cell update
messages, and forbids existing PS BE services from transmitting data. The RNC stops T381 for CS
service requests.

CCCH flow control stops once the CCCH is no longer congested.


CCCH flow control is disabled by default. To enable it, run the MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH command
and set the RsvdPara1 parameter to RSVDBIT5-1. Enable CCCH flow control in mass gathering events,
in which case the traffic volume surges. Keep CCCH flow control enabled to increase the success rate of
RRC connection setup and cell update when the CCCH is congested.
If CCCH congestion and Uu-interface resource (code/power/CE) congestion are detected, the RNC
adds an IE "wait time" to the RRC connection reject message sent to the UE. The UE waits for the length
of time specified by this IE and then retransmits an RRC connection request. When the FACH is
congested, the RNC automatically sets the RrcConnRejWaitTmr parameter to 15.

Overload Indication
When CCCH congestion occurs, the counter VS.FACH.CCCH.CONG.TIME will be reported. This
counter indicates the duration of CCCH congestion.
To find out the number of RRC connection requests filtered out because of flow control triggered by
CCCH congestion, check the value of the counter VS.RRC.FC.Num.FACH.Cong.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

4-11

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

4 Flow Control Triggered by NodeB/Cell Overload

4.3.4 DCCH Flow Control


Principle
The dedicated control channel (DCCH) is a logical channel that transmits dedicated control messages,
such as reconfiguration messages and cell update confirm messages, between a UE and the RNC. The
DCCH processes the received messages in its buffer in sequence. The DCCH processes the following
messages:

RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATION (F2D/F2P transitions)

CELL/URA UPDATE CONFIRM (P2F cell updates)

DOWNLINK DIRECT TRANSFER/SECURITY MODE COMMAND

The DCCH may be congested if:

UEs in the CELL_PCH state frequently initiate the PS service access requests, triggering the frequent
transitions from P2F to F2D to D2F to F2P.

UEs in the CELL_PCH state frequently receive the paging messages from the CN, triggering the
frequent transitions from P2F to F2D to D2F to F2P.

When a UE in unacknowledged mode (UM) initiates a F2D/F2P/P2F transition, the RNC periodically
retransmits the radio bearer reconfiguration messages on the DCCH, resulting in severer DCCH
congestion.

When there is minor or major congestion on the DCCH, the RNC enables P2D transitions for CS service
to guarantee the CS service access. The function of P2D transition for CS service access is disabled by
default. To enable it, run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command with the RsvdPara1 parameter set to
RSVDBIT1_BIT20-1.
As shown in Figure 4-4, the RNC enables P2D transitions for UEs to set up CS services when the DCCH
is congested. The cell update confirm message in the P2D transition can be delivered on the CCCH
without affecting CS service access or user experience. If the CCCH is congested, the RNC performs
CCCH flow control to ensure CS service access. For details, see section 4.3.3 "CCCH Flow Control "
DCCH flow control requires UEs of Release 5 or a later version.
The RNC performs flow control for PS BE services when there is congestion on the DCCH. Table 4-6
describes the trigger conditions and how DCCH flow control is implemented for PS BE services.
Table 4-6 Trigger conditions and actions of DCCH flow control for PS BE services
Trigger Conditions

DCCH Flow Control Actions

The IE "Cell update cause" in the cell update message is


"uplink data transmission" or "paging response", and the
IE "Establishment cause" is not reported.

The P2F transitions are forbidden.

Event 4A

The F2D transitions are forbidden.

Event 4B

D2F transitions are replaced with


D2Idle transitions.

D2F transitions can be replaced by D2Idle transitions only when the ReservedSwitch0 parameter is set
to RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT16-1. By default, this parameter is set to
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT16-0. You can run the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH command to modify
this parameter value.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

4-12

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

4 Flow Control Triggered by NodeB/Cell Overload

P2F and F2D transitions of UEs with PS BE services are forbidden only when the PROCESSSWITCH3
parameter is set to FACH_DCCH_CONG_CTRL_SWITCH-1. By default, this parameter is set to
FACH_DCCH_CONG_CTRL_SWITCH-0. You can run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command to modify
this parameter value.
DCCH flow control stops once the DCCH is no longer congested. The DCCH congestion level is
determined by comparing the DCCH buffer size and preset thresholds, as described in Table 4-4.
If the value of the counter VS.FACH.DCCH.CONG.TIME is not 0, the DCCH is congested. If this
happens, enable DCCH congestion control and do not disable it once it is enabled.
Figure 4-4 shows the UE state transition when DCCH flow control is enabled.
Figure 4-4 UE state transition when DCCH flow control is enabled

For details about UE state transition in normal cases, see the State Transition Feature Parameter
Description.

Overload Indication
The counter VS.FACH.DCCH.CONG.TIME indicates the duration of DCCH congestion.

4.3.5 DTCH Flow Control


Principle
The dedicated traffic channel (DTCH) is dedicated to one UE for the transfer of a small quantity of
user-plane data.
The DTCH may be congested in either of the following situations:

The FACH carries a large number of signaling messages, resulting in insufficient DTCH bandwidth.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

4-13

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

4 Flow Control Triggered by NodeB/Cell Overload

A large number of UEs in the CELL_FACH state are transmitting data.

DTCH congestion results in an increased call drop rate and affects the experience of PS users
transmitting data. To solve this problem, the RNC implements DTCH flow control for UEs with PS
services. DTCH flow control consists of the following:

Optimized DTCH congestion decision

P2D procedure for UEs processing PS services in case of DTCH congestion

D2Idle procedure for UEs processing PS services in case of DTCH congestion

FACH efficiency boost

DTCH Congestion Decision


The RNC makes a DTCH congestion decision in the following way:

If FACHAdmCondSDUDelaySwitch is set to OFF, the RNC evaluates the DTCH congestion level by
comparing the DTCH buffer size and preset thresholds, as described in Table 4-4.

The RNC considers the DTCH congested if the following conditions are met:
FACHAdmCondSDUDelaySwitch

is set to ON.

There

are 10 or more PDUs whose SDU delay is greater than FACHAdmSDUDelayThd in the
DTCH buffer.

The

DTCH queue is congested.

P2D Procedure
When the DTCH is congested, RNC triggers P2D transition. The trigger conditions and how DTCH flow
control is implemented are as follows: When a UE with PS services in the CELL_PCH state initiates a
cell update, a P2D transition is triggered if the following conditions are met:

The PROCESSSWITCH2 parameter is set to FACH_DTCH_CONGEST_P2D-1.

The UE is of Release 5 or a later version.

The DTCH is congested but the CCCH and DCCH are not.

In the cell update message triggered by PS data transmission, the value of IE "Cell update cause" is
"uplink data transmission" or "paging response", and the IE "Establishment cause" is not reported.

D2Idle Procedure
The following describes how a D2Idle procedure is triggered for UEs processing PS services when the
DTCH is congested:
When PERFENH_DTCH_FACH_CONG_D2I_SWITCH is selected under PerfEnhanceSwitch, the
RNC initiates a D2F transition request. If the DTCH is congested, the RNC evaluates the measurement
quantities (indicating the traffic volume or throughput) contained in the uplink and downlink 4B
measurement reports. If the measurement quantities are all 0, a D2Idle transition starts. If the
measurement quantities are not all 0, the UE remains in the CELL_DCH state.
DTCH flow control stops once the DTCH is no longer congested.

FACH Efficiency Boost


FACH efficiency boost is achieved in the following manners:

Data Transmission Suspension

To make more efficient use of the FACH bandwidth and improve the experience of users whose UEs are
in the CELL_FACH state and engaged in data transmission, the RNC suspends RLC data transmission
when triggering an F2D state transition. The RNC keeps RLC data transmission suspended until the F2D
Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

4-14

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

4 Flow Control Triggered by NodeB/Cell Overload

state transition is complete or the UE returns to the CELL_FACH state. This ensures that user-plane
data is transmitted over the DCH whenever possible. This function is disabled by default. Different
switches are used on the uplink and downlink:
To

enable this function for the uplink, run the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH command with the
DraSwitch parameter set to DRA_UL_RACH_TX_INTERRUPT_AFT_TRIG_SWITCH-1.

After you do that, the RNC includes the IE Tx interruption after trigger when delivering the FACH traffic
measurement control command. This IE indicates the duration for which data transmission is
suspended after the UE reports a 4A measurement report. To set the value of this IE, run the SET
UUESTATETRANS command with the TxInterruptAfterTrig parameter set to the desired value.
To

enable this function for the downlink, run the SET URRCTRLSWITC command with the
PROCESSSWITCH3 parameter set to RNC_F2D_RLC_SUSPEND_SWITCH-1.

If the value of the counter VS.FACH.DTCH.CONG.TIME is not 0, DTCH congestion is in progress and you
are recommended to enable this function.

TVM-based P2D Transition

A UE with PS services in the CELL_PCH state initiates a P2D transition based on the Traffic Volume
Measurement (TVM), when the following conditions are met:
The

PROCESSSWITCH3 parameter is set to RNC_TVM_BASED_P2D_SWITCH-0.

The

traffic volume from the CN is higher than the 4A threshold; or in the cell update message initiated
by the UE, the value of the IE "traffic volume indicator" is TRUE and the value of the IE "Cell update
cause" is "uplink data transmission."

TVM indicates 4A measurements in the uplink or measurements on traffic volume from the CN in the
downlink.
This function enables UEs in the CELL_PCH state to enter the CELL_DCH state when the amount of
data to be transmitted exceeds the 4A threshold. This eliminates the need for P2F transitions prior to
F2D transitions and thereby improves the FACH resource utilization efficiency.
This function is disabled by default. To enable it, run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command. If the value
of the counter VS.FACH.DTCH.CONG.TIME is not 0, the DTCH is congested. In this case, enable
TVM-based P2D transition.

F2P Transition by Means of Physical Channel Reconfiguration

F2P (CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH) transitions by means of physical channel reconfiguration reduce


FACH bandwidth consumption, because physical channel reconfiguration messages generate 50% less
air interface traffic than RB reconfiguration messages.
This function is disabled by default. To enable it, run the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH command with
the CmpSwitch parameter set to CMP_F2P_PROCESS_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH-1. If the value of
the counter VS.FACH.DTCH.CONG.TIME is not 0, the DTCH is congested, and you are recommended
to enable this function.
Figure 4-5 shows the UE state transition when DTCH flow control is enabled.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

4-15

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

4 Flow Control Triggered by NodeB/Cell Overload

Figure 4-5 UE state transition when DTCH flow control is enabled

For details about UE state transition in normal cases, see the State Transition Feature Parameter
Description.
The P2D transition function is disabled by default, and can be enabled by running the SET
URRCTRLSWITCH command. The initial access rate of a PS service is 8 kbit/s after the UE has entered
the CELL_DCH state.

The rate of PS BE services (non-PTT services) can be limited to 8 kbit/s to prevent excess usage of
the DCH resources. This function can be enabled by running the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH
command with the ReservedSwitch1 parameter set to RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT6-1. This
function is enabled by default.

The PS BE service (non-PTT services) can be set up on the HS-DSCH or E-DCH when the call drop
rate increases because of a large number of P2D transitions as well as H attempts or DCCC rate
increase attempts of users on the DCH. An H attempt refers to a channel shift from DCH to HS-DSCH
or E-DCH. This function is disabled by default. To enable it, run the SET UCORRMPARA command
with the PerfEnhanceSwitch parameter set to PERFENH_PSTraffic_P2H_SWITCH-1.

If the value of the counter VS.FACH.DTCH.CONG.TIME is not 0, the DTCH is congested. If this happens,
enable DTCH congestion control and do not disable it once it is enabled.

Overload Indication
The counter VS.FACH.DTCH.CONG.TIME indicates the duration of DTCH congestion.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

4-16

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

5 Flow Control over the Iu Interface

5 Flow Control over the Iu Interface


5.1 SCCP Flow Control
5.1.1 Overview
In cases where the bandwidth configured for signaling links over the Iu interface is insufficient or some
signaling links over the Iu interface are faulty, signaling link congestion will occur when there are a large
number of calls, location updates, or group short messages. Signaling link congestion must be quickly
alleviated. Otherwise, it will lead to extended delays or even timeouts in signaling exchanges between
UEs and the core network. Severe congestion may cause services to break down. To address these
problems, the RNC supports Signaling Connection Control Part (SCCP) flow control, which prevents
severe congestion on the signaling link between the RNC and the core network. By default, SCCP flow
control is enabled.
The RNC uses a scale of 13 levels (0 to 12) to perform SCCP flow control based on service type. When
the flow control level changes, the RNC adjusts the signaling traffic over the Iu interface. The higher the
flow control level, the more initial UE messages will be discarded.
At Level 0, flow control is not performed. The RNC performs SCCP flow control on short message
services, paging, location updates and registrations. Of these, short message service has the lowest
priority, and location updates and registrations have the highest priority. At a particular flow control level,
the RNC proportionally discards the initial UE messages of these services. The proportion is based on
service priorities and is not configurable.
Of all the messages discarded during flow control, initial UE messages for lower-priority services
account for the largest proportions. Assuming that 30 initial UE messages are to be discarded and the
proportion of SMS messages discarded to paging messages discarded to location updates discarded is
3:2:1, the numbers of initial UE messages for different services to be discarded are calculated as follows:
SMS: 30 x 3/(3 + 2 + 1) = 15
Paging: 30 x 2/(3 + 2 + 1) = 10
Location registrations: 30 x 1/(3 + 2 + 1) = 5
SCCP flow control includes:

Flow control based on Iu signaling load

Flow control based on the SCCP setup success rate

CN SCCP congestion control

These three flow control functions have their own flow control levels, and the RNC performs SCCP flow
control according to the highest among them. Table 5-1 provides details about SCCP flow control.
Table 5-1 SCCP flow control
Flow Control Method

Switch

Criteria for Adjusting Flow Control Levels

Flow control based on


Iu signaling load

IUFCSW

The SCCP receives an unsolicited SCCP-SSC


message from the core network.
The SCTP link (in the case of IP transmission) or the
SAAL/MTP3 link (in the case of ATM transmission)
becomes congested.

Flow control based on


the SCCP setup

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

FcSwicthByRatioB
etweenCCAndCR

The ratio of the sum of CC and CREF to CR


changes.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

5-1

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Flow Control Method

5 Flow Control over the Iu Interface

Switch

Criteria for Adjusting Flow Control Levels

CREFCongFc

The RNC receives a CN CREF congestion indication


after sending a CR.

success rate
CN SCCP congestion
control

5.1.2 Flow Control Based on Iu Signaling Load


Principle
When the CN SCCP is congested, the RNC receives an SCCP Subsystem-Congested (SCCP-SSC)
message from the CN. This message carries the CN SCCP congestion level. The RNC maps the CN
SCCP congestion level to an RNC SCCP flow control level.
In addition, the RNC monitors the load on the SCTP, SAAL, or MTP3 link in real time and adjusts the flow
control level based on the congestion status.

Overload Indication
When a signaling link over the Iu interface is congested, the following alarms and counters are reported:
Transmission Mode over Alarms
the Iu Interface

Counters

IP transmission

VS.SCTP.CONGESTION.INTERVA
L

OS.M3UA.Lnk.Cong.Dur

OS.MTP3.Lnk.Cong.Dur

OS.MTP3.Lnk.ConG

VS.SAAL.LnkErr.BufferLoss

ATM transmission

ALM-21542 SCTP Link Congestion

ALM-21501 MTP3 Signaling Link


Congestion

ALM-21502 MTP3 DSP Congestion

ALM-21532 SAAL Link Congestion

The following counters indicate the number of initial UE messages discarded because of flow control
over the Iu interface.
Counter

Description

VS.IU.FlowCtrl.DiscInitDT. Number of initial UE messages in the CS domain that are discarded because
CS
of flow control over the Iu interface
VS.IU.FlowCtrl.Disc.InitDT. Number of initial UE messages in the PS domain that are discarded because
PS
of flow control over the Iu interface

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

5-2

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

5 Flow Control over the Iu Interface

5.1.3 Flow Control Based on SCCP Setup Success Rate


Principle
In each flow control period, the RNC SCCP checks the number of connection requests (CRs) sent to the
CN and the total number of Connection Confirm (CC) and Connection Refused (CREF) messages
received from the CN. Each period is 5 seconds long.
Based on the changes in the ratio of the number of CCs plus the number of CREFs to the number of
CRs, the RNC SCCP adjusts the flow control level to ensure that the number of messages received by
the CN does not exceed its capabilities.
The flow control level is adjusted based on the following criteria:

When (CC+CREF)/CR shows an increasing trend in a flow control period:


Flow

control is lowered by one level if it is weaker than the previous period.

Flow

control is raised by one level if it is stronger than the previous period.

If (CC+CREF)/CR shows a decreasing trend in a flow control period:


Flow

control is raised by one level if it is weaker than the previous period.

Flow

control is lowered by one level if it is stronger than the previous period.

If the number of CRs sent to the CN from the RNC increases, flow control weakens. If the number of
CRs sent from the RNC decreases, flow control strengthens.

Overload Indication
There are no indications when the CN is overloaded by CRs sent from the RNC.

5.1.4 CN SCCP Congestion Control


Principle
When the CN SCCP is congested, the RNC receives a CREF message carrying a congestion indication
after sending a CR. The RNC SCCP periodically checks whether it has received CREF messages
carrying congestion indications. When it does, it raises the flow control level by one. Otherwise, the RNC
lowers the flow control level by one.

Overload Indication
The following counters indicate the number of initial UE messages discarded because of CN SCCP
congestion control.
Counter

Description

VS.IU.FlowCtrl.DiscInitDT.CS

Number of initial UE messages in the CS domain that are discarded


because of flow control over the Iu interface

VS.IU.FlowCtrl.Disc.InitDT.PS

Number of initial UE messages in the PS domain that are discarded


because of flow control over the Iu interface

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

5-3

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

5 Flow Control over the Iu Interface

5.2 Flow Control Triggered by CN RANAP Overload


Principle
When the CN RANAP is overloaded (CPU overload, for example), it sends a RANAP OVERLOAD
message to the RNC. Upon receipt of this message, the RNC adjusts the traffic level to the CN over the
Iu interface in order to decrease the load on the CN. The IUCTHD parameter in the SET FCSW command
is used to configure the percentage of the total traffic the RNC is restricted from sending to the CN. The
default value of this parameter is 70, which means the RNC can only send 30% of the total traffic to the
CN.
Flow control triggered by CN RANAP overload is performed on a scale of 21 levels (0 to 20). The lower
the level, the more initial UE messages are discarded. The RNC uses two timers when adjusting the flow
control level: IntrTmr and IgorTmr, as shown in Table 5-2, where T2 is IntrTmr and T1 is IgorTmr.
Table 5-2 Adjusting the flow control level
Current
Status

Event

Action

Next Status

Idle

The RNC receives an


overload message from
the CN.

Lower flow control by one level.

Start T1 and T2.

T1 and T2 are
running.

The RNC receives an


overload message from
the CN.

None.

T1 and T2 are
running.

T1 expires.

None.

T2 is running.

The RNC receives an


overload message from
the CN.

Lower flow control by one level.

Start T1 and T2.

T1 and T2 are
running.

T2 expires.

Raise flow control


by one level.

T1 and T2 are
running.

T2 is running.

Restarts T2 if the
flow control level
is not 20.

T2 is running.

Resets and stops


T1 and T2 if the
flow control level
is 20.

Idle

Figure 5-1 shows how T1 and T2 work.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

5-4

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

5 Flow Control over the Iu Interface

Figure 5-1 T1 and T2

By default, this type of flow control is enabled.

Overload Indication
When the CN is overloaded, the ALM-22301 UMTS CN Overload is reported.
The following counters indicate the number of initial UE messages discarded because of flow control
over the Iu interface.
Counter

Description

VS.IU.FlowCtrl.DiscInitDT.CS

Number of initial UE messages in the CS domain that are discarded


because of flow control over the Iu interface

VS.IU.FlowCtrl.Disc.InitDT.PS Number of initial UE messages in the PS domain that are discarded


because of flow control over the Iu interface

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

5-5

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

6 Service Flow Control

6 Service Flow Control


The RNC and NodeB adopt congestion control algorithms on the user plane over the Iub interface to
perform flow control on BE services. This restricts user transmission rates, prevents congestion and
packet loss, and optimizes bandwidth utilization over the Iub interface. For more details, see the
Transmission Resource Management Feature Parameter Description.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

6-1

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

7 Load Sharing

7 Load Sharing
7.1 Overview
Load sharing is performed on both the control plane and the user plane, and it is performed in
transmission resource management. CPUSs, DSPs, and other boards can be bound to an MPU to form
a logical subrack. The subracks mentioned in this chapter are all logical subracks.
Each CPUS controls some NodeBs and their cells. The CPUS performs signaling processing for service
requests from the UEs under these cells, and the UEs are admitted to the CPUS.
The MPU in each subrack keeps a record of the user-plane load on the current subrack and shares this
information with the MPUs in other subracks. When a service request arrives and the controlling CPUS
is heavily loaded, the CPUS forwards the request to the MPU in the current subrack. The MPU selects
the CPUS with the lightest load for signaling processing. The selected CPUS may be in the current
subrack or another subrack. Figure 7-1 shows how load sharing works between two subracks.
Figure 7-1 Load sharing between two subracks

When a UE attempts to access the network and user-plane resources need to be allocated to the UE,
the controlling CPUS sends a resource request to the MPU in the current subrack. The MPU attempts to
allocate the user-plane resources of the current subrack to the UE. If this attempt fails, the MPU forwards
the resource request to the MPU in the subrack with the lightest load. The user-plane resources in this
chapter refer to DSP resources.
Figure 7-2 shows resource management on the user plane.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-1

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

7 Load Sharing

Figure 7-2 Resource management on the user plane

When a UE attempts to access the network and transmission resources need to be allocated to the UE,
the controlling CPUS sends a resource request to the MPU. The MPU attempts to allocate the
transmission resources to the UE. MPUs are responsible for managing transmission resources for
interface boards. Transmission resource management for interface boards is shared among MPUs.
When the load is not evenly balanced among MPUs, the RNC automatically adjusts the proportion of
transmission resource management of MPUs to achieve load balancing.
If the CPU usage of a CPUS is 90% or higher, the CPUS discards all service requests except those for
emergency calls. Load sharing does not work for the CPUS.
When the CPU usage of an MPU is 95% or higher, the MPU discards the following requests to avoid
resetting:

Resource requests from each UE, for example, requests for DSP resources and transmission
resources

Load sharing requests

When this occurs, load sharing does not work.

7.2 Load Sharing on the Control Plane


7.2.1 Procedure for Load Sharing on the Control Plane
When a CPUS receives a service request, the controlling CPUS determines whether to perform load
sharing. If so, the CPUS follows the procedure described in Figure 7-3.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-2

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

7 Load Sharing

Figure 7-3 Load sharing on the control plane

Details are as follows:


Step 1 The CPUS receives a service request.
Step 2 Based on the current load, the CPUS determines whether to perform load sharing. For more
details, see section 7.2.2 "Service Request Processing by a CPUS."
If

load sharing is to be performed, Step 3 starts.

If

load sharing is not to be performed, the CPUS processes the request, and the procedure ends.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-3

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

7 Load Sharing

Step 3 The CPUS forwards the request to the MPU in the current subrack.
Step 4 Upon receipt of the load sharing request from the CPUS, the MPU checks the control-plane load
on all subracks in the RNC.

If the control-plane load on the current subrack minus CtrlPlnSharingOutOffset is higher than the
control-plane load on any other subrack, load sharing is performed between subracks.
The MPU forwards the request to the MPU in the subrack with the lightest load on the control plane,
which is known as the target MPU. Following the criteria described in Table 7-1, the target MPU
searches for all CPUSs that can take up the request.
If

the target MPU can find such CPUSs, it selects a CPUS with the lightest CPU load to process the
request.

If

the target MPU cannot find such a CPUS, load sharing is performed within the current subrack.

If the control-plane load on the current subrack minus CtrlPlnSharingOutOffset is lower than or equal
to the control-plane load on any other subrack, load sharing is performed within the current subrack.
Following the criteria described in Table 7-1, the MPU in the current subrack attempts to find CPUSs
that can take up the request from within the current subrack.
If

the target MPU can find such CPUSs, it selects a CPUS with the lightest CPU load to process the
request.

If

the MPU cannot find such a CPUS, service access is rejected.

----End
The control-plane load on a subrack is the average CPU usage of the CPUSs managed by the MPU.
Load sharing is yielding noticeable effects if the load is balanced across the CPUs of the CPUSs. To
check the CPU load of the CPUSs, run the DSP CPUUSAGE command. If the load is not balanced,
consult Huawei engineers to adjust the thresholds for load sharing or adjust the configuration of XPUs in
the subracks.

7.2.2 Service Request Processing by a CPUS


Generally, CPUSs are not heavily loaded. When a user initiates a service request, the controlling CPUS
processes it. If the controlling CPUS is heavily loaded, load sharing is performed and the request is
forwarded to a lightly loaded CPUS. Service requests cannot be forwarded to an overloaded CPUS. The
CPUS load is indicated by the CPU load (CPU usage) and CAPS. The RNC considers a CPUS
overloaded when any of the following conditions is met:

The CPU load is low and the CAPS is high.

The CPU load is high and the CAPS is low.

The CPU load is greater than or equal to the CPU overload threshold, which cannot be configured.

Based on the CPUS load, the RNC defines three CPUS states, as shown in Figure 7-4.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-4

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

7 Load Sharing

Figure 7-4 CPUS load and states

The state of a CPUS determines how it processes service requests, as described in Table 7-1.
Table 7-1 Service request processing by CPUS state
CPUS State Definition
State I

State II

The CPUS is lightly loaded. The CPUS load is


considered light when both the following are
true:

CPU load CtrlPlnSharingOutThd

CAPS MaxCAPSLowLoad

The CPUS directly processes new and


forwarded requests.

The CPUS is heavily loaded. The CPUS load is The CPUS forwards all new requests to
considered heavy when both the following are the MPU for load sharing.
true:
The MPUs can forward requests to the
CtrlPlnSharingOutThd < CPU load < CPU
CPUS.
overload threshold

State III

Processing

CAPS MaxCAPSMidLoad

The CPUS is overloaded. The CPUS is


The CPUS forwards all new requests to
considered overloaded when any of the following the MPU for load sharing.
is true:
The MPUs cannot forward requests to

CPU overload threshold < CPU load

CPU load CtrlPlnSharingOutThd, and


MaxCAPSLowLoad < CAPS

CtrlPlnSharingOutThd < CPU load < CPU


overload threshold, and MaxCAPSMidLoad <
CAPS

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

the CPUS.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-5

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

7 Load Sharing

7.3 Load Sharing on the User Plane


7.3.1 Overview
The RNC measures the following aspects of the DSP processing capability:

GBR capability of the DSP (DSP resources used for service access procedures are measured as
GBRs)

Processing capability of the DSP CPU

Accordingly, the RNC measures the user-plane load of a subrack with the following:

Total GBRs consumed by admitted services on the DSPs (GBR consumption)

Average CPU usage of all DSP CPUs in a subrack (CPU load)

The remaining GBRs of a subrack refer to the total DSP GBR capabilities of the subrack minus GBR
consumption in the subrack. The remaining CPU processing capability of a subrack is the average CPU
processing capability of all DSPs in the subrack minus the CPU load.

7.3.2 Procedure for Load Sharing on the User Plane


When user-plane resources need to be allocated to a new user, the MPU in the current subrack
determines whether to allocate resources in the current subrack or forward the resource request to
another subrack based on the GBR consumption and CPU load. Figure 7-5 shows the procedure for
load sharing on the user plane.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-6

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

7 Load Sharing

Figure 7-5 Load sharing on the user plane

The procedure for load sharing on the user plane is as follows:


Step 1 The MPU receives a resource allocation request from the CPUS.
Step 2 The MPU uses the user-plane load on the current subrack to determine whether to perform load
sharing.
If

GBR consumption in the current subrack is equal to or lower than UserPlnSharingOutThd and the
CPU load on the current subrack is less than or equal to UserPlnCpuSharingOutThd, the MPU in

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-7

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

7 Load Sharing

the current subrack attempts to allocate user-plane resources to the user in the current subrack.
Substep 1 starts.
Otherwise,

the MPU forwards the request to the MPU in the subrack with the lightest load, known as
the target subrack. The MPU of this subrack will determine whether load sharing can be performed.
Step 3 starts.

1. The MPU in the current subrack determines whether resources can be allocated.
If...

Then...

The MPU finds in the current subrack the DSP with the lowest
GBR consumption

The MPU selects this DSP as the target


DSP, and substep 2 starts.
Note:
If this DSP has no GBR resources to
consume and has a CPU load below
DSPRestrainCpuThd, The MPU in the
current subrack also selects this DSP as the
target DSP.

The MPU cannot find such a DSP

The RNC rejects the service access.

2. The target DSP allocates user-plane resources to the user.


Step 3 The target MPU determines whether load sharing can be performed.
1. If either of the following conditions is met, substep 2 starts:
GBR

consumption in the current subrack > UserPlnSharingOutThd, and remaining GBRs in the
current subrack x (1 + UserPlnSharingOutOffset) < remaining GBRs in the target subrack

CPU

load in the current subrack > UserPlnCpuSharingOutThd, and the remaining CPU processing
capability in the current subrack x (1 + UserPlnCpuSharingOutOffset) < remaining CPU processing
capability in the target subrack.
If neither of these conditions is met, load sharing fails, and the MPU in the current subrack selects a
DSP from the current subrack for resource allocation.

2. The MPU in the target subrack determines whether resources can be allocated.
If...

Then...

The MPU in the target subrack finds in the target subrack a


DSP whose GBR consumption is the lowest

This DSP is selected as the target DSP,


and substep 3 starts.
Note:
If this DSP has no GBR resources to
consume and has a CPU load below
DSPRestrainCpuThd, The MPU in the
target subrack also selects this DSP as the
target DSP.

The MPU in the target subrack cannot find such a DSP

The RNC rejects the service access.

3. The target DSP allocates user-plane resources to the user.


----End
The SET UUSERPLNSHAREPARA command configures thresholds for load sharing on the user plane.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-8

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

7 Load Sharing

Load sharing is considered yielding noticeable effects if the load is balanced across the CPUs of the
MPUs. To check the CPU load on an MPU, run the DSP CPUUSAGE command. If the load is not
balanced, consult Huawei engineers to adjust the thresholds for load sharing or adjust the configuration
of DPUs in the subracks.
When all DSPs under the RNC have been heavily loaded for an extended period of time, the RNC
reports the ALM-22305 Resource overload on the user plane. This indicates DSP resources are
insufficient and a capacity expansion is recommended.

7.4 Load Sharing in Transmission Resource Management


Load sharing in transmission resource management may also be called the MPU pool feature.

7.4.1 Background
MPUs are responsible for managing transmission resources over the Iub, Iu, and Iur interfaces. These
transmission resources refer to all AAL2 or IP paths under the adjacent node of the Iub, Iu, and Iur
interfaces.
Interface boards provide transmission resources. In versions earlier than RAN14.0, all AAL2 or IP paths
carried on an interface board are managed by the MPU to which the interface board is bound. No matter
which CPUS is assigned to process the signaling data for a call, the call always applies for transmission
resources from the MPU to which the interface board is bound.

In the case of ATM transmission, the CARRYF and CARRYSN parameters of the ADD AAL2PATH command

determine which interface board carries AAL2 paths.


In the case of IP transmission, the IPADDR parameter of the ADD IPPATH command determines which interface

board carries IP paths.


The ADD BRD command is used to bind interface boards to MPUs.

In Figure 7-6, the transmission resources over the Iub interface for NodeB1 and NodeB2 are managed
by MPU1. A call coming into either NodeB applies for transmission resources over the Iub interface, no
matter which CPUS is assigned to process the signaling data.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-9

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

7 Load Sharing

Figure 7-6 MPUs managing transmission resources over the Iub interface in versions earlier than RAN14.0

This management mode has some drawbacks:

The load is not evenly balanced among the CPUs of MPUs. The load on an MPU depends on the load
on the interface boards bound to the MPU.

To achieve load balancing among MPUs, NodeBs must be moved. Automatic load balancing is not
possible.

The processing capabilities of individual MPUs restrict the Busy Hour Call Attempts (BHCA)
specifications of interface boards. Because of such restrictions, additional interface boards and ports
may be required even when some interface boards have abundant transmission resources.

To address these problems, a function called load sharing in transmission resource management has
been introduced to RAN14.0. With this function, transmission resource management for interface boards
is shared among MPUs, and therefore the load can be balanced among MPUs.

7.4.2 Key Concepts


A service request from a UE in a cell is processed by the CPUS serving the cell. This CPUS completes
the signaling procedure and admits the UE.
Load balancing involves the following key concepts:

Controlling CPUS of a NodeB


Each NodeB and the cells under it are controlled by a CPUS, known as the controlling CPUS. The
SRN, SN, and SSN parameters in the ADD UNODEB command used to add a NodeB specify a
controlling CPUS for the NodeB.

Controlling MPU of a NodeB

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-10

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

7 Load Sharing

The MPU to which the controlling CPUS of a NodeB is bound is known as the controlling MPU of the
NodeB.

7.4.3 ATM Transmission Resource Management over the Iub, Iu,


and Iur Interfaces
ATM Transmission Resource Management over the Iub Interface
In RAN14.0, the transmission resources over the Iub interface for a NodeB are managed by only one
MPU, namely the controlling MPU of the NodeB.
In Figure 7-7, the transmission resources over the Iub interface for NodeB1 are managed by MPU1, and
those for NodeB2 are managed by MPU2.
A call coming into NodeB1 applies for transmission resources over the Iub interface from MPU1, no
matter which CPUS is assigned to process the signaling data for the call. The similar is true of NodeB2
and MPU2.
Figure 7-7 MPUs managing ATM transmission resources over the Iub interface in RAN14.0

ATM Transmission Resource Management over the Iu-CS or Iur Interface


ATM transmission resources over the Iu-CS or Iur interface are managed based on the binding
relationships between interface boards and MPUs. All AAL2 paths carried on an interface board are
managed by the MPU to which the interface board is bound.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-11

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

7 Load Sharing

The user-plane protocol stack over the Iu-PS interface is IP over ATM. Therefore, when ATM transmission is used over the
Iu-PS interface, transmission resource management for the Iu-PS interface is performed the same way as when IP
transmission is used over the Iu-PS interface.

7.4.4 IP Transmission Resource Management over the Iub, Iu, or Iur


Interface
In RAN14.0, the transmission resources of an IP interface board can be managed by multiple MPUs, the
transmission resources over one interface (Iub, Iu, or Iur) can also be managed by multiple MPUs. When
the load is not evenly balanced among MPUs, the RNC automatically adjusts the proportion of
transmission resource management of MPUs to achieve load balancing.
The load sharing algorithm for IP transmission resources over the Iub, Iu, or Iur interface works like this:

When the RNC has just started up:

The transmission resources over the Iub interface for a NodeB are managed only by the controlling
MPU of the NodeB. A call coming into this NodeB applies for transmission resources from the
controlling MPU, no matter which CPUS is assigned to process the signaling data for the call.
The RNC distributes IP transmission resource requests over the Iu or Iur interface equally among
MPUs. Assuming that there are altogether five MPUs, each MPU processes 20% of all IP transmission
resource requests over the Iu or Iur interface.

When the RNC has been running for some time


The RNC performs load balancing among MPUs when necessary. Assume that the load on the CPU of
MPU1 is the heaviest at MaxCPULoadforMPU and that the load on the CPU of MPU2 is the lightest at
MinCPULoadforMPU. When both the following are true, the RNC performs load balancing to shift
some of the load on MPU1 to MPU2:
MaxCPULoadforMPU > MPULOADSHARETH
MaxCPULoadforMPU - MinCPULoadforMPU > MPULOADDIFFTH
The detailed action is as follows:

For the Iub interface, the RNC picks some NodeBs whose transmission resources are managed by
MPU1 and change their transmission resources managed by MPU2.

For the Iu or Iur interface, the RNC lowers MPU1's share of the load and raises MPU2's.

The default values for MPULOADSHARETH and MPULOADDIFFTH are 40% and 10%, respectively.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-12

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

8 Engineering Guidelines

8 Engineering Guidelines
8.1 Queue-based RRC Shaping
8.1.1 When to Use Queue-based RRC Shaping
During mass gatherings, CPU usage soars and fluctuates with changes in traffic volume. When CPU
usage exceeds the critical threshold (90%), the RRC and RAB setup success rates decrease. In this
case, enable queue-based RRC shaping, which stabilizes the influx of RRC connection requests into the
system. This stabilizes the CPU usage and increases RRC and RAB setup success rates.
Enable queue-based RRC shaping ahead of mass gatherings. At the same time, increase the values of
the parameters for flow control functions that affect the CPU usage.
To enable it, run the command SET UCACALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio
Global Configuration Express > CAC Algorithm Switch Configuration > CAC Algorithm Switch; CME
batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) with the RsvdPara1 parameter set to
RSVDBIT14.

8.1.2 Configuration Principles and Suggestions


Once queue-based RRC shaping is enabled, the load-sharing threshold and the parameters for other
flow control functions that affect the CPU usage (such as CAPS control) need to be adjusted. Contact
Huawei technical support to determine a detailed plan.

8.2 Queue-based Cell Update Request Shaping


8.2.1 When to Use Queue-based Cell Update Request Shaping
It is recommended that queue-based cell update request shaping be enabled for large-scale gatherings
such as parades and major sports events.
In the following situations, it is also recommended that queue-based cell update request shaping be
enabled:

The switch for PS services to transit to the CELL_PCH state is set to ON.
To check whether the switch is set to ON, run the LST UUESTATETRANSTIMER to check the
BeF2PStateTransTimer parameter or LST URRCTRLSWITCH command to check the RsvdPara1
parameter. If the value of the BeF2PStateTransTimer parameter is not 65535 or the value of the
RsvdPara1 parameter is RSVDBIT1_BIT29-1, the switch is set to ON.

The value of the counter VS.AttCellUpdt, which indicates the number of cell update attempts, is
greater than or equal to the value of the counter VS.RRC.AttConnEstab.Sum, which indicates the
number of attempts to set up RRC connections.

The value of the counter VS.XPU.CPULOAD.MEAN, which indicates the CPU usage, has exceeded
the fatal threshold 90%.

These situations result from a heavy presence of smartphones that impact the CPU. The RAB setup
success rate drops when the CPU usage has exceeded the fatal threshold. In this situation, enable
queue-based cell update request shaping to ensure that cell update requests slowly and steadily arrive
at the RNC, stabilizing the CPU usage and increasing the RAB setup success rate.
To enable it, run the command SET UCACALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio
Global Configuration Express > CAC Algorithm Switch Configuration > CAC Algorithm Switch; CME
batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) with the FlowCtrlSwitch parameter
set to CELL_UPDATE_QUEUE_FLOW_CTRL_SWITCH-1.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-1

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

8 Engineering Guidelines

8.2.2 Configuration Principles and Suggestions


If queue-based cell update request shaping is enabled, the values of certain other flow control
parameters related to the CPU usage need to be raised. Contact Huawei technical support for a detailed
solution.

8.3 DCCC Flow Control


8.3.1 When to Use DCCC Flow Control
If the CPU usage of the CPUS is still above 90% when the flow control functions related to RRC and cell
update requests are enabled, the UE reconfiguration procedure is triggered too frequently, consuming a
large amount of CPU resources. In this case, it is recommended that DCCC flow control be enabled by
running the command SET FCSW (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global Configuration
Express > Flow Control Management > Flow Control Switch; CME batch modification center: Modifying
RNC Parameters in Batches) with the DCCCSW parameter set to ON.
To learn about the CPU usage of the CPUS, check the value of the counter VS.XPU.CPULOAD.MEAN.

8.3.2 Configuration Principles and Suggestions


The default values are recommended for DCCC flow control thresholds.

8.4 CAPS Control


8.4.1 Factors That Affect CAPS Control
The effect of CAPS control depends on the accuracy of the estimation of the allowed number of RRC
connection requests in the cell. If the allowed number of RRC connection requests is too large, CAPS
control cannot yield noticeable effects. If the allowed number of RRC connection requests is too small,
resources may not be fully utilized. The SET UCALLSHOCKCTRL command configures the allowed
number of RRC connection requests per second in a cell. Contact Huawei technical support to adjust
this number.

8.4.2 Configuration Principles and Suggestions


Check the value of VS.RRC.AttConnEstab.Sum. If the value is significantly higher than it was on the
same day last week and the service setup success rate is low, it is recommended that CAPS control be
enabled by running the command SET UCALLSHOCKCTRL (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio
Global Configuration Express > Traffic Volume Control Parameter Configuration > Call Shock Control
Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) with the
CallShockCtrlSwitch parameter set to CELL_LEVEL.
CS service setup success rate = (VS.RAB.SuccEstabCS.Conv +
VS.RAB.SuccEstabCS.Str)/(VS.RAB.AttEstabCS.Conv + VS.RAB.AttEstabCS.Str)
PS service setup success rate = (VS.RAB.SuccEstabPS.Conv + VS.RAB.SuccEstabPS.Str +
VS.RAB.SuccEstabPS.Int + VS.RAB.SuccEstabPS.Bkg)/(VS.RAB.AttEstabPS.Conv +
VS.RAB.AttEstabPS.Str + VS.RAB.AttEstabPS.Int + VS.RAB.AttEstabPS.Bkg)

8.4.3 Performance Optimization


Check the service-setup success rate of the cell. If the service-setup success rate is low, run the SET
UCALLSHOCKCTRL command to reduce the allowed number of RRC connection requests per second
in the cell. The minimum number is 2. If the service-setup success rate is high, run the SET
UCALLSHOCKCTRL command.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-2

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

9 Parameters

9 Parameters
Table 9-1 Parameter description
Parameter ID NE

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description

BeF2PStateTr BSC6900 SET


WRFD-010 UE State in
ansTimer
UUESTATETRAN 202
Connected
STIMER
Mode
(CELL-DCH,
CELL-PCH,
URA-PCH,
CELL-FACH)

Meaning:Timer for state


transition from FACH or
E_FACH to PCH of BE
services, used to check
whether the UE in the
CELL_FACH state is in the
stable low activity state.
GUI Value Range:1~65535
Actual Value Range:1~65535
Unit:s
Default Value:65535

CacSwitch

BSC6900 SET
WRFD-020 Admission
UCACALGOSWI 101
Control
TCH

Meaning:1.
NODEB_CREDIT_CAC_SWI
TCH: The system performs
CAC based on the usage
state of NodeB credit. When
the NodeB's credit is not
enough, the system rejects
new access requests.
2. FACH_60_USER_SWITCH
(Switch for Allowing a
Maximum of 60 UEs Carried
on the FACH): Whether a
maximum of 60 or 30 UEs can
be carried on the FACH.
When this switch is turned on,
a maximum of 60 UEs can be
carried on the FACH. When
this switch is turned off, a
maximum of 30 UEs can be
carried on the FACH.
GUI Value
Range:NODEB_CREDIT_CA
C_SWITCH(NodeB Credit
CAC Switch),
FACH_60_USER_SWITCH(F
ACH Allowed Max 60 Users
Switch)
Actual Value
Range:NODEB_CREDIT_CA
C_SWITCH,
FACH_60_USER_SWITCH

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-1

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


Unit:None
Default
Value:NODEB_CREDIT_CAC
_SWITCH-1&FACH_60_USE
R_SWITCH-0

CallShockCtrl BSC6900 SET


WRFD-040 Flow Control
Switch
UCALLSHOCKC 100
TRL

Meaning:The parameter
specifies whether to perform
Call Attempt Per Second
(CAPS) control for the number
of RRC connection
establishments at SPU
subsystem level, NodeB level,
or cell level.
SYS_LEVEL indicates that the
BSC6900 will perform flow
control for the RRC
connection requests at SPU
subsystem level.
NODEB_LEVEL indicates that
the BSC6900 will perform flow
control for the RRC
connection requests at NodeB
level.
CELL_LEVEL indicates that
the BSC6900 will perform flow
control for the RRC
connection requests at cell
level.
SYS_LEVEL_DYNAMIC: the
RNC compares the current
CPU usage on an SPU
subsystem with the target
CPU usage and adjusts the
CAPS on the SPU subsystem
every second based on the
comparison results.
GUI Value
Range:SYS_LEVEL(SYS_LE
VEL),
NODEB_LEVEL(NODEB_LE
VEL),
CELL_LEVEL(CELL_LEVEL),
SYS_LEVEL_DYNAMIC(SYS
_LEVEL_DYNAMIC)
Actual Value
Range:SYS_LEVEL,
NODEB_LEVEL,

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-2

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

9 Parameters

Parameter ID NE

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


CELL_LEVEL,
SYS_LEVEL_DYNAMIC
Unit:None
Default
Value:SYS_LEVEL-1&NODE
B_LEVEL-1&CELL_LEVEL-1
&SYS_LEVEL_DYNAMIC-1

CallShockJudg BSC6900 SET


WRFD-040 Flow Control
ePeriod
UCALLSHOCKC 100
TRL

Meaning:The parameter
specifies the period of
entering flow control at SPU
subsystem level, NodeB level,
or cell level.
In the period, if the number of
RRC connection requests that
the SPU subsystem, NodeB,
or cell receives exceed
relative trigger threshold (the
threshold can be set by
"SysTotalRrcNumThd",
"NBTotalRrcNumThd", or
"CellTotalRrcNumThd"),
BSC6900 will perform flow
control for the RRC
establishment request.
GUI Value Range:1~5
Actual Value Range:1~5
Unit:s
Default Value:3

CBSSW

BSC6900 SET FCSW

WRFD-040 Flow Control


100

Meaning:Whether to control
CBS flow
GUI Value Range:ON, OFF
Actual Value Range:ON, OFF
Unit:None
Default Value:ON

None
CCCHCongCl BSC6900 SET
earThd
UDPUCFGDATA

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

None

Meaning:FACH CCCH
congestion clearance
threshold. If the duration to
buffer data packets on the
MACC CCCH is shorter than
this threshold, the MACC
reports a CCCH congestion
clearance indication to L3.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-3

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


The parameter is in the unit of
TTI.
This parameter is an
advanced parameter. To
modify this parameter, contact
Huawei Customer Service
Center for technical support.
GUI Value Range:1~80
Actual Value Range:1~80
Unit:None
Default Value:30

None
CCCHCongTh BSC6900 SET
d
UDPUCFGDATA

None

Meaning:FACH CCCH
congestion threshold. If the
duration to buffer data packets
on the MACC CCCH reaches
this threshold, the MACC
reports a CCCH congestion
indication to L3. The
parameter is in the unit of TTI.
This parameter is an
advanced parameter. To
modify this parameter, contact
Huawei Customer Service
Center for technical support.
GUI Value Range:1~80
Actual Value Range:1~80
Unit:None
Default Value:60

CellAmrRrcNu BSC6900 SET


WRFD-040 Flow Control
m
UCALLSHOCKC 100
TRL

Meaning:The parameter
specifies the number of RRC
connection requests per
second for originating
conversational call at cell
level.
This parameter is configurable
in the current version. The
RNC, however, does not use
this parameter any longer.
Later versions will not support
this parameter. Therefore,
users are not advised to use
this parameter.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-4

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


GUI Value Range:1~100
Actual Value Range:1~100
Unit:None
Default Value:15

CellHighPriRrc BSC6900 SET


WRFD-040 Flow Control
Num
UCALLSHOCKC 100
TRL

Meaning:The parameter
specifies the number of RRC
connection requests per
second for registration and
inter-RAT cell reselection at
cell level.
This parameter is configurable
in the current version. The
RNC, however, does not use
this parameter any longer.
Later versions will not support
this parameter. Therefore,
users are not advised to use
this parameter.
GUI Value Range:1~100
Actual Value Range:1~100
Unit:None
Default Value:15

CELLKPITOC BSC6900 ADD


WRFD-020 Inter Frequency Meaning:Whether to activate
APS
UCELLFCALGOP 103
Load Balance the cell-level dynamic CAPS
ARA
flow control algorithm based
on the ratio of RRC
MOD
connection setup failures.
UCELLFCALGOP
When the switch is turned on,
ARA
flow control is triggered if the
ratio of RRC connection setup
failures is higher than or equal
to the value of
"RejectKPICTHD"; flow
control is stopped if the ratio
of RRC connection setup
failures is lower than or equal
to the value of
"RejectKPIRTHD". When flow
control is triggered, the
number of allowed RRC
connection requests per
second in the cell decreases
based on the value of
"KPIstepdownpercentage".
When flow control is stopped,

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-5

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


the number of allowed RRC
connection requests per
second in the cell increases
based on the value of
"KPIstepuppercentage". The
number of RRC connection
requests does not change
once the cell flow control
status becomes stable.
GUI Value Range:ON, OFF
Actual Value Range:ON, OFF
Unit:None
Default Value:OFF

CellTotalRrcNu BSC6900 SET


WRFD-040 Flow Control
mThd
UCALLSHOCKC 100
TRL

Meaning:The parameter
specifies the threshold of
entering flow control for RRC
connection requests at cell
level.
During the call shock
judgment period
(CallShockJudgePeriod),
when the number of RRC
connection requests exceed
the value of the parameter,
BSC6900 will perform flow
control.
The flow control strategies for
RRC connection requests are
as follows:
If the originating interactive
call, originating background
call, or originating streaming
call causes the RRC
connection requests,
BSC6900 will perform flow
control directly.
If the number of admitted
RRC connection requests for
registration and inter-RAT cell
reselection exceeds the value
of "CellHighPriRrcNum",
BSC6900 will perform flow
control.
If the number of admitted
RRC connection requests for
AMR exceeds the value of

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-6

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


"CellAmrRrcNum", BSC6900
will perform flow control.
If other services cause RRC
connection requests,
BSC6900 will not perform flow
control.
GUI Value Range:1~100
Actual Value Range:1~100
Unit:None
Default Value:45

CELLURACTH BSC6900 SET


D
FCMSGQTHD

WRFD-040 Flow Control


100

Meaning:Packet queue usage


threshold for cell update flow
control. When the average
packet usage within several
sliding windows reaches or
exceeds "Cell URA update
restore threshold", linear flow
control is started on cell
updates. When the average
packet usage within several
sliding windows reaches or
exceeds "Cell URA update
control threshold", 100% flow
control is started on cell
updates.
GUI Value Range:30~100
Actual Value Range:30~100
Unit:%
Default Value:95

CELLURACTH BSC6900 SET FCCPUTHD WRFD-040 Flow Control


D
100

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Meaning:Threshold for
triggering 100% flow control
on high-priority
CELL_UPDATE messages.
When the average CPU
usage in a sliding window
reaches or exceeds the value
of "Rst Thd for High-Pri
Message Flow Ctrl", a linear
flow control on the
CELL_UPDATE messages is
started. When the average
CPU usage in a sliding
window reaches or exceeds
the value of "Ctrl Thd for
High-Pri Message Flow Ctrl",

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-7

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


100% flow control is
performed so that all
CELL_UPDATE messages
are discarded.When the CPU
becomes overloaded, the
recommended value for this
parameter is 95.
GUI Value Range:30~100
Actual Value Range:30~100
Unit:%
Default Value:85

CELLURARTH BSC6900 SET


D
FCMSGQTHD

WRFD-040 Flow Control


100

Meaning:Packet queue usage


threshold for cell update
control. When the average
packet usage within several
sliding windows reaches or
exceeds "Cell URA update
restore threshold", linear flow
control is started on cell
updates. When the average
packet usage within several
sliding windows is lower than
"Cell URA update restore
threshold", cell update control
is stopped.
GUI Value Range:30~100
Actual Value Range:30~100
Unit:%
Default Value:80

CELLURARTH BSC6900 SET FCCPUTHD WRFD-040 Flow Control


D
100

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Meaning:Threshold for
canceling flow control on
high-priority CELL_UPDATE
messages. When the average
CPU usage in a sliding
window reaches or exceeds
the value of "Rst Thd for
High-Pri Message Flow Ctrl",
a linear flow control on the
CELL_UPDATE messages is
started. When the average
CPU usage in a sliding
window falls below the value
of "Rst Thd for High-Pri
Message Flow Ctrl", flow
control on the CELL_UPDATE

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-8

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


messages is stopped.When
the CPU becomes
overloaded, the
recommended value for this
parameter is 85.
GUI Value Range:30~100
Actual Value Range:30~100
Unit:%
Default Value:75

CELLURASW BSC6900 SET FCSW

WRFD-040 Flow Control


100

Meaning:Whether to control
cell updates
GUI Value Range:ON, OFF
Actual Value Range:ON, OFF
Unit:None
Default Value:ON

CELLURAUP BSC6900 SET FCCPUTHD WRFD-040 Flow Control


DATERSTTHD
100
FORLOW

Meaning:Threshold for
canceling flow control on
low-priority CELL_UPDATE
messages. When the average
CPU usage in a sliding
window reaches or exceeds
the value of "Rst Thd for
Low-Pri Message Flow Ctrl", a
linear flow control on the
CELL_UPDATE messages is
started. When the average
CPU usage in a sliding
window falls below the value
of "Rst Thd for Low-Pri
Message Flow Ctrl", flow
control on the CELL_UPDATE
messages is stopped.When
the CPU becomes
overloaded, the
recommended value for this
parameter is 75.
GUI Value Range:30~100
Actual Value Range:30~100
Unit:%
Default Value:65

CELLURAUP BSC6900 SET FCCPUTHD WRFD-040 Flow Control

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Meaning:Threshold for

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-9

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE
DATERSTTHD
FORMID

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


100

canceling flow control on


medium-priority
CELL_UPDATE messages.
When the average CPU
usage in a sliding window
reaches or exceeds the value
of "Rst Thd for Mid-Pri
Message Flow Ctrl", a linear
flow control on the
CELL_UPDATE messages is
started. When the average
CPU usage in a sliding
window falls below the value
of "Rst Thd for Mid-Pri
Message Flow Ctrl", flow
control on the CELL_UPDATE
messages is stopped.When
the CPU becomes
overloaded, the
recommended value for this
parameter is 80.
GUI Value Range:30~100
Actual Value Range:30~100
Unit:%
Default Value:70

CELLURAUP BSC6900 SET FCCPUTHD WRFD-040 Flow Control


DATETHDFO
100
RLOW

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Meaning:Threshold for
triggering 100% flow control
on low-priority
CELL_UPDATE messages.
When the average CPU
usage in a sliding window
reaches or exceeds the value
of "Rst Thd for Low-Pri
Message Flow Ctrl", a linear
flow control on the
CELL_UPDATE messages is
started. When the average
CPU usage in a sliding
window reaches or exceeds
the value of "Ctrl Thd for
Low-Pri Message Flow Ctrl",
100% flow control is
performed so that all
CELL_UPDATE messages
are discarded.When the CPU
becomes overloaded, the
recommended value for this
parameter is 85.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-10

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

9 Parameters

Parameter ID NE

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


GUI Value Range:30~100
Actual Value Range:30~100
Unit:%
Default Value:75

CELLURAUP BSC6900 SET FCCPUTHD WRFD-040 Flow Control


DATETHDFO
100
RMID

Meaning:Threshold for
triggering 100% flow control
on medium-priority
CELL_UPDATE messages.
When the average CPU
usage in a sliding window
reaches or exceeds the value
of "Rst Thd for Mid-Pri
Message Flow Ctrl", a linear
flow control on the
CELL_UPDATE messages is
started. When the average
CPU usage in a sliding
window reaches or exceeds
the value of "Ctrl Thd for
Mid-Pri Message Flow Ctrl",
100% flow control is
performed so that all
CELL_UPDATE messages
are discarded.When the CPU
becomes overloaded, the
recommended value for this
parameter is 90.
GUI Value Range:30~100
Actual Value Range:30~100
Unit:%
Default Value:80

CmpSwitch

BSC6900 SET
WRFD-010
UCORRMALGOS 61006
WITCH
WRFD-010
61204

HSDPA Mobility Meaning:1.


Management
CMP_IU_IMS_PROC_AS_N
ORMAL_PS_SWITCH: When
HSUPA Mobility the switch is on, the IMS
Management
signaling assigned by the CN
WRFD-020 Intra RNC Soft undergoes compatibility
processing as an ordinary PS
202
Handover
service. When the switch is
WRFD-020 Inter RNC Soft not on, no special processing
203
Handover
is performed.
WRFD-021 HCS
200
(Hierarchical
Cell Structure)
WRFD-010

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

2.
CMP_IU_QOS_ASYMMETR
Y_IND_COMPAT_SWITCH:
When the Iu QoS Negotiation

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-11

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


696

DC-HSDPA

WRFD-010 UE State in
202
Connected
Mode
(CELL-DCH,
CELL-PCH,
URA-PCH,
CELL-FACH)

function is active and the


switch is on, IE RAB
Asymmetry Indicator is
Symmetric bidirectional, The
uplink and downlink
"BSC6900" negotiation rate is
asymmetric, "BSC6900"
select the bigger rate as Iu
QoS negotiation rate. When
the switch is OFF, "BSC6900"
select the less rate as Iu QoS
negotiation rate.
3.
CMP_IU_SYSHOIN_CMP_IU
UP_FIXTO1_SWITCH: When
the switch is on, the IUUP
version can be rolled back to
R99 when complete
configurations are applied
during inter-RAT handover.
4.
CMP_IUR_H2D_FOR_LOWR
5_NRNCCELL_SWITCH:
When the switch is on, H2D is
performed before a
neighboring "BSC6900" cell
whose version is earlier than
R5 is added to the active set;
E2D is performed before a
neighboring "BSC6900" cell
whose version is earlier than
R6 is added to the active set.
If the DRNC is of a version
earlier than R5, DL services
cannot be mapped on the
HS-DSCH. If the DRNC is of a
version earlier than R6, DL
services cannot be mapped
on the HS-EDCH.
5.
CMP_IUR_SHO_DIVCTRL_S
WITCH: When the switch is
on, the diversity combination
over the Iur interface is
configured on the basis of that
of the local "BSC6900". When
the switch is not on, the
diversity combination over the
Iur interface is configured on
the basis of services. The flag
of diversity combination over

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-12

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


the Iur interface can be set to
MUST (for BE services) or
MAY (for other services).
6.
CMP_UU_ADJACENT_FRE
Q_CM_SWITCH: when the
switch is on, the "BSC6900"
initiates the inter-frequency
measurement without
activating the compressed
mode if the following two
conditions are met: the UE
supports the non-compressed
inter-frequency measurement,
the inter-frequency
neighboring cells work in a
same frequency which is
within 5 MHz higher or lower
than the current frequency;
when the switch is off, the
"BSC6900" activates the
compressed mode before
initiating the inter-frequency
measurement.
7.
CMP_UU_AMR_DRD_HHO_
COMPAT_SWITCH: This
parameter specifies to enable
AMR through DRD two-step
procedure function. When
SRB is set up on DCH, and
"BSC6900" decides to setup
the AMR through DRD
procedure, When the switch is
enabled, "BSC6900" will
execute blind handover to the
target cell, and then setup the
AMR RBs on the target cell,
When the switch is disabled,
"BSC6900" will setup the
AMR RBs on the target cell
directly.
8.
CMP_UU_AMR_SID_MUST_
CFG_SWITCH: For
narrowband AMR services,
when the switch is on, the SID
frame is always configured;
when the switch is not on, the
SID frame is configured on the
basis of CN assignment.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-13

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


9.
CMP_UU_FDPCH_COMPAT
_SWITCH: When the switch is
OFF, if the information
element that indicates the
F-DPCH capability of UE
exists in the message
"RRC_CONNECT_REQ" or
"RRC_CONNECT_SETUP_C
MP", the F-DPCH capability
depends on that indicator. In
other case, it means UE does
not support F-DPCH. When
the switch is ON, if the
information element that
indicates the F-DPCH
capability of UE exists in the
message
"RRC_CONNECT_REQ" or
"RRC_CONNECT_SETUP_C
MP", the F-DPCH capability
depends on that indicator. If
that information element does
not exist, UE supports
F-DPCH when all the
conditions meets: a) the
version of UE is Release 6. b)
UE supports HS-PDSCH.
10.
CMP_UU_IGNORE_UE_RLC
_CAP_SWITCH: When the
switch is on, the RAB
assignment request and the
subsequent RB setup
procedure proceed if the RLC
AM capabilities of the UE fail
to meet the minimum RLC
TX/RX window buffer
requirement of the RAB to be
setup. When the switch is not
on, the RAB assignment
request is rejected.
11.
CMP_UU_INTRA_FREQ_MC
_BESTCELL_CIO_SWITCH:
When this switch is on, the
cell individual offset (CIO) of
the best cell is always set to 0
in the INTRA-FREQUENCY
MEASUREMENT CONTROL
messages. Otherwise, the
CIO information of the best

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-14

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


cell is not carried in the
INTRA-FREQUENCY
MEASUREMENT CONTROL
messages.
12.
CMP_UU_IOS_CELL_SYNC
_INFO_REPORT_SWITCH:
When the switch is on, the cell
synchronization information
traced by the IOS need to be
reported during the RRC
measurement period.
13.
CMP_UU_SERV_CELL_CHG
_WITH_ASU_SWITCH: When
the switch is on, the active set
update is in the same
procedure as the change of
the serving cell. When the
switch is not on, the serving
cell is changed after the UE
updates the active set and
delivers reconfiguration of
physical channels. This switch
is applicable only to R6 or
above UEs.
14.
CMP_UU_SERV_CELL_CHG
_WITH_RB_MOD_SWITCH:
When the switch is on,
channel transition is in the
same procedure as the
change of the serving cell.
When the switch is not on, the
serving cell is changed after
the UE performs channel
transition and delivers
reconfiguration of physical
channels.
15.
CMP_UU_VOIP_UP_PROC_
AS_NORMAL_PS_SWITCH:
By default, the switch is on. In
this case, the Alternative E-bit
is not configured for L2.
16.
CMP_F2F_RLC_ONESIDE_
REBUILD_SWITCH: When
the switch is set to ON, only
uplink RLC or downlink RLC

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-15

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


can be re-established during
the state transition from
CELL_FACH to CELL_FACH
(F2F for short).
17.
CMP_D2F_RLC_ONESIDE_
REBUILD_SWITCH: When
the switch is set to ON, only
uplink RLC or downlink RLC
can be re-established during
the state transition from
CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH
(D2F for short).
18.
CMP_RAB_5_CFG_ROHC_S
WITCH: When the switch is
set to ON, the service with
RAB ID 5 can be configured
with the Robust Header
Compression (ROHC)
function. When the switch is
set to OFF, the service with
RAB ID 5 cannot be
configured with the ROHC
function.
19.
CMP_RAB_6_CFG_ROHC_S
WITCH: When the switch is
set to ON, the service with
RAB ID 6 can be configured
with the ROHC function.
When the switch is set to OFF,
the service with RAB ID 6
cannot be configured with the
ROHC function.
20.
CMP_RAB_7_CFG_ROHC_S
WITCH: When the switch is
set to ON, the service with
RAB ID 7 can be configured
with the ROHC function.
When the switch is set to OFF,
the service with RAB ID 7
cannot be configured with the
ROHC function.
21.
CMP_RAB_8_CFG_ROHC_S
WITCH: When the switch is
set to ON, the service with
RAB ID 8 can be configured

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-16

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


with the ROHC function.
When the switch is set to OFF,
the service with RAB ID 8
cannot be configured with the
ROHC function.
22.
CMP_RAB_9_CFG_ROHC_S
WITCH: When the switch is
set to ON, the service with
RAB ID 9 can be configured
with the ROHC function.
When the switch is set to OFF,
the service with RAB ID 9
cannot be configured with the
ROHC function.
23.
CMP_HSUPA_MACD_FLOW
_MUL_SWITCH: When the
switch is set to ON, MAC-d
flow can be multiplexed
without any restrictions. When
the switch is set to OFF, only
MAC-d flows whose
scheduling priority is lower
than that of the current MAC-d
flow can be multiplexed.
24.
CMP_SMLC_RSLT_MODE_T
YPE_SWITCH: If the Client
Type of a positioning request
is Value Added Service or
Lawful Intercept Client, the
positioning result is reported
by using the Ellipsoid Arc
type. For other client types,
the positioning result is
reported by using the Ellipsoid
point with uncertainty circle
type.
25.
CMP_F2P_PROCESS_OPTI
MIZATION_SWITCH: Switch
for optimizing the procedure
for the
CELL_FACH-to-CELL_PCH-o
r-URA_PCH state transition.
When this switch is turned on,
the algorithm for optimizing
the procedure for the
CELL_FACH-to-CELL_PCH-o
r-URA_PCH state transition is

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-17

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


activated.
26.
CMP_UU_SIB11_SIB12_WIT
H_1A1D_SWITCH: Whether
to carry parameters related to
events 1A and 1D in system
information block type 11 (SIB
11) and SIB 12.
GUI Value
Range:CMP_IU_IMS_PROC_
AS_NORMAL_PS_SWITCH,
CMP_IU_QOS_ASYMMETR
Y_IND_COMPAT_SWITCH,
CMP_IU_SYSHOIN_CMP_IU
UP_FIXTO1_SWITCH,
CMP_IUR_H2D_FOR_LOWR
5_NRNCCELL_SWITCH,
CMP_IUR_SHO_DIVCTRL_S
WITCH,
CMP_UU_ADJACENT_FRE
Q_CM_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_AMR_DRD_HHO_
COMPAT_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_AMR_SID_MUST_
CFG_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_FDPCH_COMPAT
_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_IGNORE_UE_RLC
_CAP_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_INTRA_FREQ_MC
_BESTCELL_CIO_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_IOS_CELL_SYNC
_INFO_REPORT_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_SERV_CELL_CHG
_WITH_ASU_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_SERV_CELL_CHG
_WITH_RB_MOD_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_VOIP_UP_PROC_
AS_NORMAL_PS_SWITCH,
CMP_F2P_PROCESS_OPTI
MIZATION_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_SIB11_SIB12_WIT
H_1A1D_SWITCH,
CMP_F2F_RLC_ONESIDE_
REBUILD_SWITCH,
CMP_D2F_RLC_ONESIDE_
REBUILD_SWITCH,
CMP_RAB_5_CFG_ROHC_S
WITCH,
CMP_RAB_6_CFG_ROHC_S
WITCH,
CMP_RAB_7_CFG_ROHC_S

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-18

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


WITCH,
CMP_RAB_8_CFG_ROHC_S
WITCH,
CMP_RAB_9_CFG_ROHC_S
WITCH,
CMP_HSUPA_MACD_FLOW
_MUL_SWITCH,
CMP_SMLC_RSLT_MODE_T
YPE_SWITCH
Actual Value
Range:CMP_IU_IMS_PROC_
AS_NORMAL_PS_SWITCH,
CMP_IU_QOS_ASYMMETR
Y_IND_COMPAT_SWITCH,
CMP_IU_SYSHOIN_CMP_IU
UP_FIXTO1_SWITCH,
CMP_IUR_H2D_FOR_LOWR
5_NRNCCELL_SWITCH,
CMP_IUR_SHO_DIVCTRL_S
WITCH,
CMP_UU_ADJACENT_FRE
Q_CM_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_AMR_DRD_HHO_
COMPAT_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_AMR_SID_MUST_
CFG_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_FDPCH_COMPAT
_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_IGNORE_UE_RLC
_CAP_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_INTRA_FREQ_MC
_BESTCELL_CIO_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_IOS_CELL_SYNC
_INFO_REPORT_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_SERV_CELL_CHG
_WITH_ASU_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_SERV_CELL_CHG
_WITH_RB_MOD_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_VOIP_UP_PROC_
AS_NORMAL_PS_SWITCH,
CMP_F2F_RLC_ONESIDE_
REBUILD_SWITCH,
CMP_D2F_RLC_ONESIDE_
REBUILD_SWITCH,
CMP_RAB_5_CFG_ROHC_S
WITCH,
CMP_RAB_6_CFG_ROHC_S
WITCH,
CMP_RAB_7_CFG_ROHC_S
WITCH,
CMP_RAB_8_CFG_ROHC_S
WITCH,
CMP_RAB_9_CFG_ROHC_S

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-19

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


WITCH,
CMP_HSUPA_MACD_FLOW
_MUL_SWITCH,
CMP_SMLC_RSLT_MODE_T
YPE_SWITCH,
CMP_F2P_PROCESS_OPTI
MIZATION_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_SIB11_SIB12_WIT
H_1A1D_SWITCH
Unit:None
Default
Value:CMP_IU_IMS_PROC_
AS_NORMAL_PS_SWITCH0&CMP_IU_QOS_ASYMMET
RY_IND_COMPAT_SWITCH0&CMP_IU_SYSHOIN_CMP
_IUUP_FIXTO1_SWITCH-0&
CMP_IUR_H2D_FOR_LOWR
5_NRNCCELL_SWITCH-0&C
MP_IUR_SHO_DIVCTRL_S
WITCH-0&CMP_UU_ADJAC
ENT_FREQ_CM_SWITCH-0
&CMP_UU_AMR_DRD_HHO
_COMPAT_SWITCH-1&CMP
_UU_AMR_SID_MUST_CFG
_SWITCH-0&CMP_UU_FDP
CH_COMPAT_SWITCH-0&C
MP_UU_IGNORE_UE_RLC_
CAP_SWITCH-1&CMP_UU_I
NTRA_FREQ_MC_BESTCEL
L_CIO_SWITCH-0&CMP_UU
_IOS_CELL_SYNC_INFO_R
EPORT_SWITCH-0&CMP_U
U_SERV_CELL_CHG_WITH
_ASU_SWITCH-0&CMP_UU
_SERV_CELL_CHG_WITH_
RB_MOD_SWITCH-1&CMP_
UU_VOIP_UP_PROC_AS_N
ORMAL_PS_SWITCH-1&CM
P_F2P_PROCESS_OPTIMIZ
ATION_SWITCH-0&CMP_UU
_SIB11_SIB12_WITH_1A1D_
SWITCH-0&CMP_F2F_RLC_
ONESIDE_REBUILD_SWITC
H-0&CMP_D2F_RLC_ONESI
DE_REBUILD_SWITCH-0&C
MP_RAB_5_CFG_ROHC_S
WITCH-0&CMP_RAB_6_CF
G_ROHC_SWITCH-0&CMP_
RAB_7_CFG_ROHC_SWITC
H-0&CMP_RAB_8_CFG_RO
HC_SWITCH-0&CMP_RAB_

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-20

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


9_CFG_ROHC_SWITCH-0&
CMP_HSUPA_MACD_FLOW
_MUL_SWITCH-0&CMP_SM
LC_RSLT_MODE_TYPE_SW
ITCH-0

CPAGECTHD BSC6900 SET FCCPUTHD WRFD-040 Flow Control


100

Meaning:CPU usage
threshold for paging flow
control over real-time
services. BE services uses
the same paging flow control
thresholds as SS and LCS to
ensure the paging success
rate of real-time services.
When the average CPU
usage within several sliding
windows reaches or exceeds
"Call page restore threshold",
the linear paging flow control
on real-time services is
started. When the average
CPU usage within several
sliding windows reaches or
exceeds "Call page control
threshold", the 100% paging
flow control on real-time
services is started.
GUI Value Range:30~100
Actual Value Range:30~100
Unit:%
Default Value:90

CPAGERTHD BSC6900 SET FCCPUTHD WRFD-040 Flow Control


100

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Meaning:CPU usage
threshold for paging control
over real-time services. BE
services uses the same
paging flow control thresholds
as SS and LCS to ensure the
paging success rate of
real-time services. When the
average CPU usage within
several sliding windows
reaches or exceeds "Call
page restore threshold", the
linear paging flow control on
real-time services is started.
When the average CPU
usage within several sliding
windows is lower than "Call
page restore threshold",

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-21

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


paging control over real-time
services is stopped.When the
CPU becomes overloaded,
the recommended value for
this parameter is 85.
GUI Value Range:30~100
Actual Value Range:30~100
Unit:%
Default Value:75

CREFCongFc BSC6900 SET


TNSOFTPARA

None

None

Meaning:Whether to enable
Connection Refused (CREF)
congestion flow control. If this
switch is turned on, flow
control is started automatically
if the SCCP receives a CREF
frame with a rejection cause
of congestion.
GUI Value Range:OFF(OFF),
ON(ON)
Actual Value Range:OFF, ON
Unit:None
Default Value:ON(ON)

CRRCCONNC BSC6900 SET SHARETHD MRFD-210 System


CPUTHD
101
Redundancy

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Meaning:CPU usage
threshold for stopping load
sharing on call service RRC
connection setup requests.
When the CPU usage of an
XPU subsystem reaches this
threshold or
CtrlPlnSharingOutThd,
whichever is smaller, later call
service RRC connection setup
requests will be carried by
other XPU subsystems.
CtrlPlnSharingOutThd is set
by using the command "SET
UCTRLPLNSHAREPARA". If
the CPU usage of all
candidate XPU subsystems
exceeds this threshold, flow
control on call service RRC
connection setup requests is
triggered. The parameter
value is invalid if the
SYS_LEVEL_DYNAMIC

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-22

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


switch in the
"CallShockCtrlSwitch"
parameter of the "SET
UCALLSHOCKCTRL"
command is turned on.
GUI Value Range:30~100
Actual Value Range:30~100
Unit:%
Default Value:85

CRRCCONNC BSC6900 SET SHARETHD MRFD-210 System


MSGTHD
101
Redundancy

Meaning:Packet usage
threshold for stopping load
sharing on call service RRC
connection setup requests.
When the packet usage of an
XPU subsystem reaches this
threshold, later call service
packets will be carried by
other XPU subsystems. If the
packet usage of all candidate
XPU subsystems exceeds this
threshold, flow control on call
service RRC connection setup
request packets is triggered.
GUI Value Range:30~100
Actual Value Range:30~100
Unit:%
Default Value:75

CRRCCONNR BSC6900 SET SHARETHD MRFD-210 System


CPUTHD
101
Redundancy

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Meaning:CPU usage
threshold for recoverying load
sharing on call service RRC
connection setup requests. If
the CPU usage of an XPU
subsystem is lower than this
threshold, this XPU
subsystem is the candidate
subsystem for the load
sharing on call service RRC
connection setup requests.
The parameter value is invalid
if the SYS_LEVEL_DYNAMIC
switch in the
"CallShockCtrlSwitch"
parameter of the "SET
UCALLSHOCKCTRL"
command is turned on.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-23

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

9 Parameters

Parameter ID NE

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


GUI Value Range:30~100
Actual Value Range:30~100
Unit:%
Default Value:75

CRRCCONNR BSC6900 SET SHARETHD MRFD-210 System


MSGTHD
101
Redundancy

Meaning:Packet usage
threshold for recoverying load
sharing on call service RRC
connection setup requests.
When the packet usage of an
XPU subsystem is lower than
this threshold, this XPU
subsystem is a candidate
subsystem for load sharing on
call service RRC connection
setup requests.
GUI Value Range:30~100
Actual Value Range:30~100
Unit:%
Default Value:65

CTHD

BSC6900 SET FCCPUTHD GBFD-1117 GSM Flow


05
Control
WRFD-040 Flow Control
100

Meaning:Critical threshold for


CPU usage. When all the
CPU usages in "fast
judgement window" reach or
exceed this threshold, all
active flow control
mechanisms start to work
immediately. Otherwise, the
corresponding flow control
mechanism is used.
GUI Value Range:30~100
Actual Value Range:30~100
Unit:%
Default Value:95

CTHD

BSC6900 SET
FCMSGQTHD

GBFD-1117 GSM Flow


05
Control
WRFD-040 Flow Control
100

Meaning:Critical threshold of
packet queue usage. When
the packet queue usage
reaches or exceeds the
threshold, all active flow
control functions are
implemented.
GUI Value Range:30~100

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-24

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

9 Parameters

Parameter ID NE

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


Actual Value Range:30~100
Unit:%
Default Value:95

CtrlPlnSharing BSC6900 SET


WRFD-020 Service Steering Meaning:The sharing offset
OutOffset
UCTRLPLNSHA 120
and Load
should be added to the target
REPARA
Sharing in RRC subrack. This parameter is
Connection
used for preferable selection
Setup
of the homing subrack during
call forwarding.
GUI Value Range:1~10
Actual Value Range:0.01~0.1
Unit:%
Default Value:5
CtrlPlnSharing BSC6900 SET
WRFD-020 Service Steering Meaning:Forwarding
OutThd
UCTRLPLNSHA 120
and Load
threshold of control plane load
REPARA
Sharing in RRC sharing. When the CPU
Connection
usage is between the sharing
Setup
threshold and overload
threshold, and call number in
each second reaches
"Sharing out capability middle
load", new arrival call
attempts will be shared out to
other SPU subsystem.
GUI Value Range:0~100
Actual Value Range:0~1
Unit:%
Default Value:50
DCCCSW

BSC6900 SET FCSW

WRFD-040 Flow Control


100

Meaning:Whether to enable
flow control on the Dynamic
Channel Configuration
Control (DCCC) procedure.
When this parameter is set to
ON, the flow control is
enabled. When this parameter
is set to OFF, the flow control
is disabled.
GUI Value Range:OFF, ON
Actual Value Range:OFF, ON
Unit:None

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-25

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

9 Parameters

Parameter ID NE

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


Default Value:OFF

DraSwitch

BSC6900 SET
WRFD-010 HSDPA State
Meaning:Dynamic resource
UCORRMALGOS 61111
Transition
allocation switch group.
WITCH
WRFD-010 HSUPA DCCC 1. DRA_AQM_SWITCH:
61208
When the switch is on, the
HSUPA
active queue management
WRFD-010 2ms/10ms TTI algorithm is used for the
61404
Handover
BSC6900.
WRFD-011 Active Queue
502
Management
(AQM)
WRFD-021
101
Dynamic
Channel
WRFD-050 Configuration
405
Control (DCCC)

2.
DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_T
TI_L2_OPT_SWITCH: When
the switch is on, the TTI
dynamic adjustment algorithm
for admission CE-based BE
services applies to the UE
with the UL enhanced L2
WRFD-050 Overbooking on feature. This parameter is
408
ATM
valid when
Transmission
DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_T
WRFD-010
TI_RECFG_SWITCH(DraSwit
690
Overbooking on ch) is set to ON.
WRFD-010 IP Transmission
3.
61403
TTI Switch for DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_T
WRFD-010 BE Services
TI_RECFG_SWITCH: When
Based on
202
the switch is on, the TTI
Coverage
dynamic adjustment algorithm
HSUPA 2ms TTI is supported for admission
CE-based BE services.
UE State in
4.
Connected
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TT
Mode
I_L2_OPT_SWITCH: When
(CELL-DCH,
the switch is on, the TTI
CELL-PCH,
dynamic adjustment algorithm
URA-PCH,
for coverage-based BE
CELL-FACH)
services applies to the UE
with the UL enhanced L2
feature. This parameter is
valid when
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TT
I_RECFG_SWITCH(DraSwitc
h) is set to ON.
5.
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TT
I_RECFG_SWITCH: When
the switch is on, the TTI
dynamic adjustment algorithm
is supported for
coverage-based BE services.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-26

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


6.
DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_L
2_OPT_SWITCH: When the
switch is on, the TTI dynamic
adjustment algorithm for
differentiation-based BE
services applies to the UE
with the UL enhanced L2
feature. This parameter is
valid when
DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_R
ECFG_SWITCH(DraSwitch)
is set to ON.
7.
DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_R
ECFG_SWITCH: When the
switch is on, the TTI dynamic
adjustment algorithm is
supported for
differentiation-based BE
services.
8. DRA_DCCC_SWITCH:
When the switch is on, the
dynamic channel
reconfiguration control
algorithm is used for the
BSC6900.
9.
DRA_HSDPA_DL_FLOW_CO
NTROL_SWITCH: When the
switch is on, flow control is
enabled for HSDPA services
in AM mode.
10.
DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRAN
S_SWITCH: When the switch
is on, the status of the UE
RRC that carrying HSDPA
services can be changed to
CELL_FACH at the BSC6900.
If a PS BE service is carried
over the HS-DSCH, the switch
PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWI
TCH should be on
simultaneously. If a PS
real-time service is carried
over the HS-DSCH, the switch
PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRAN
S_SWITCH should be on
simultaneously.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-27

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


11.
DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITC
H: When the switch is on, the
DCCC algorithm is used for
HSUPA. The DCCC switch
must be also on before this
switch takes effect.
12.
DRA_HSUPA_STATE_TRAN
S_SWITCH: When the switch
is on, the status of the UE
RRC that carrying HSUPA
services can be changed to
CELL_FACH at the BSC6900.
If a PS BE service is carried
over the E-DCH, the switch
PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWI
TCH should be on
simultaneously. If a PS
real-time service is carried
over the E-DCH, the switch
PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRAN
S_SWITCH should be on
simultaneously.
13.
DRA_IP_SERVICE_QOS_S
WITCH: Switch of the
algorithm for increasing the
quality of subscribed services.
When this parameter is set to
ON, the service priority weight
of the subscriber whose key
parameters (IP Address, IP
Port, and IP Protocol Type)
match the specified ones can
be adjusted. In this way, the
QoS is improved.
14.
DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRAN
S_SWITCH: When the switch
is on, UE RRC status
transition
(CELL_FACH/CELL_PCH/UR
A_PCH) is allowed at the
BSC6900.
15.
DRA_PS_NON_BE_STATE_
TRANS_SWITCH: When the
switch is on, the status of the
UE RRC that carrying
real-time services can be

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-28

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


changed to CELL_FACH at
the BSC6900.
16.
DRA_R99_DL_FLOW_CONT
ROL_SWITCH: Under a poor
radio environment, the QoS of
high speed services drops
considerably and the TX
power is overly high. In this
case, the BSC6900 can set
restrictions on low data rate
transmission formats based
on the transmission quality,
thus lowering traffic speed
and TX power. When the
switch is on, the R99 downlink
flow control function is
enabled.
17.
DRA_THROUGHPUT_DCCC
_SWITCH: When the switch is
on, the DCCC based on traffic
statistics is supported over the
DCH.
18.
DRA_VOICE_SAVE_CE_SWI
TCH: when the switch is on,
the TTI selection based on the
voice service type (including
VoIP and CS over HSPA) is
supported when the service is
initially established.
19.
DRA_VOICE_TTI_RECFG_S
WITCH: when the switch is
on, the TTI adjustment based
on the voice service type
(including VoIP and CS over
HSPA) is supported.
20.
DRA_CSPS_NO_PERIOD_R
ETRY_SWITCH: Whether to
prohibit channel retries for CS
and PS combined services.
When this switch is turned on,
channel retries are prohibited
for CS and PS combined
services. When this switch is
turned off, channel retries are
allowed for CS and PS

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-29

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


combined services.
21.
DRA_SMART_FAST_STATE
_TRANS_SWITCH: Whether
to activate the fast state
transition algorithm. When this
switch is turned on, the
BSC6900 identifies UEs
supporting fast state transition
and then quickly transits the
UEs from CELL_DCH to
CELL_FACH.
22.
DRA_PCH_UE_SMART_P2D
_SWITCH: Whether to
activate the algorithm for
smart PCH-to-DCH state
transition specific to UEs in
the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH
state. When this switch is
turned on, the BSC6900
identifies UEs supporting
smart PCH-to-DCH state
transition and then transits the
UEs from CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH to CELL_DCH.
23.
DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_I
NIT_SEL_SWITCH: Whether
initial TTI selection is allowed
for differentiated BE services
based on fairness
0: This switch is turned off.
The TTI is selected according
to the original algorithm.
1: This switch is turned on. In
the dynamic TTI adjustment
algorithm for differentiated BE
services based on fairness,
HSUPA UEs use 10-ms TTI if
the RTWP, occupied Iub
bandwidth, or consumed CE
resources are congested.
24.
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TT
I_INIT_SEL_SWITCH:
Whether to activate the
coverage-based initial TTI
selection algorithm specific to

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-30

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


BE services. When this switch
is turned on and conditions on
2 ms TTI specific to BE
services has been met, the
BSC6900 determines uplink
coverage wideness of specific
cells based on the Ec/N0
values reported by UEs during
RRC connection. If the uplink
coverage of the cells is weak,
the BSC6900 allocates a 10
ms TTI to BE services as their
initial TTI.
25. DRA_F2U_SWITCH:
Whether to enable state
transition from CELL_FACH to
URA_PCH.When this switch
is turned on, a UE can directly
move from the CELL_FACH
to URA_PCH state. When this
switch is turned off, a UE must
move from the CELL_FACH
to CELL_PCH and then to
URA_PCH state.
GUI Value
Range:DRA_AQM_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_T
TI_L2_OPT_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_T
TI_RECFG_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TT
I_L2_OPT_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TT
I_RECFG_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_L
2_OPT_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_R
ECFG_SWITCH,
DRA_DCCC_SWITCH,
DRA_HSDPA_DL_FLOW_CO
NTROL_SWITCH,
DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRAN
S_SWITCH,
DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITC
H,
DRA_HSUPA_STATE_TRAN
S_SWITCH,
DRA_IP_SERVICE_QOS_S
WITCH,
DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRAN
S_SWITCH,
DRA_PS_NON_BE_STATE_

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-31

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


TRANS_SWITCH,
DRA_R99_DL_FLOW_CONT
ROL_SWITCH,
DRA_THROUGHPUT_DCCC
_SWITCH,
DRA_VOICE_SAVE_CE_SWI
TCH,
DRA_VOICE_TTI_RECFG_S
WITCH,
DRA_CSPS_NO_PERIOD_R
ETRY_SWITCH,
DRA_SMART_FAST_STATE
_TRANS_SWITCH,
DRA_PCH_UE_SMART_P2D
_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_I
NIT_SEL_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TT
I_INIT_SEL_SWITCH,
DRA_F2U_SWITCH
Actual Value
Range:DRA_AQM_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_T
TI_L2_OPT_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_T
TI_RECFG_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TT
I_L2_OPT_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TT
I_RECFG_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_L
2_OPT_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_R
ECFG_SWITCH,
DRA_DCCC_SWITCH,
DRA_HSDPA_DL_FLOW_CO
NTROL_SWITCH,
DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRAN
S_SWITCH,
DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITC
H,
DRA_HSUPA_STATE_TRAN
S_SWITCH,
DRA_IP_SERVICE_QOS_S
WITCH,
DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRAN
S_SWITCH,
DRA_PS_NON_BE_STATE_
TRANS_SWITCH,
DRA_R99_DL_FLOW_CONT
ROL_SWITCH,
DRA_THROUGHPUT_DCCC
_SWITCH,

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-32

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


DRA_VOICE_SAVE_CE_SWI
TCH,
DRA_VOICE_TTI_RECFG_S
WITCH,
DRA_CSPS_NO_PERIOD_R
ETRY_SWITCH,
DRA_SMART_FAST_STATE
_TRANS_SWITCH,
DRA_PCH_UE_SMART_P2D
_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_I
NIT_SEL_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TT
I_INIT_SEL_SWITCH,
DRA_F2U_SWITCH
Unit:None
Default
Value:DRA_AQM_SWITCH-0
&DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_
TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH-0&DR
A_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_
RECFG_SWITCH-1&DRA_B
ASE_COVER_BE_TTI_L2_O
PT_SWITCH-0&DRA_BASE_
COVER_BE_TTI_RECFG_S
WITCH-0&DRA_BASE_RES_
BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH-0
&DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_
RECFG_SWITCH-1&DRA_D
CCC_SWITCH-1&DRA_HSD
PA_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_S
WITCH-0&DRA_HSDPA_STA
TE_TRANS_SWITCH-0&DR
A_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH1&DRA_HSUPA_STATE_TR
ANS_SWITCH-0&DRA_IP_S
ERVICE_QOS_SWITCH-0&D
RA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_
SWITCH-1&DRA_PS_NON_
BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITC
H-0&DRA_R99_DL_FLOW_C
ONTROL_SWITCH-0&DRA_
THROUGHPUT_DCCC_SWI
TCH-0&DRA_VOICE_SAVE_
CE_SWITCH-0&DRA_VOICE
_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH-0&D
RA_CSPS_NO_PERIOD_RE
TRY_SWITCH-0&DRA_SMA
RT_FAST_STATE_TRANS_S
WITCH-0&DRA_PCH_UE_S
MART_P2D_SWITCH-0&DR
A_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_INIT

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-33

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


_SEL_SWITCH-0&DRA_BAS
E_COVER_BE_TTI_INIT_SE
L_SWITCH-0&DRA_F2U_SW
ITCH-0

DSPRestrainC BSC6900 SET


WRFD-040 Flow Control
puThd
UUSERPLNSHA 100
REPARA

Meaning:The parameter is
added to stop SPU from
assigning users to a DSP
whose CPU usage has
exceeded this threshold.
GUI Value Range:0~100
Actual Value Range:0~100
Unit:%
Default Value:0

DynaCapsFcM BSC6900 SET


WRFD-040 Flow Control
axRrc
UCALLSHOCKC 100
TRL

Meaning:Maximum number of
RRC connection setup
requests that can be
processed by an SPU
subsystem. After the CAPS
dynamic adjustment function
is enabled, the RNC adjusts
the number of RRC
connection setup requests to
be processed by an SPU
subsystem every second and
this parameter value is the
upper limit.
This parameter is an
advanced parameter. To
modify this parameter, contact
Huawei Customer Service
Center for technical support.
GUI Value Range:1~65535
Actual Value Range:1~65535
Unit:None
Default Value:1000

DynaCapsFcT BSC6900 SET


WRFD-040 Flow Control
arCpu
UCALLSHOCKC 100
TRL

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Meaning:Threshold for the


target CPU usage on an SPU
subsystem. After the CAPS
dynamic adjustment function
is enabled, the RNC
compares the current CPU
usage on an SPU subsystem
with this parameter value and

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-34

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


adjusts the CAPS on the SPU
subsystem every second
based on the comparison
results. The RNC will not set
the CAPS to be larger than
this parameter value.
This parameter is an
advanced parameter. To
modify this parameter, contact
Huawei Customer Service
Center for technical support.
GUI Value Range:0~100
Actual Value Range:0~100
Unit:%
Default Value:85

None
FACHAdmCon BSC6900 SET
dSDUDelaySw
UDPUCFGDATA
itch

None

Meaning:Whether SDU delay


is considered in FACH
admission. If this parameter is
set to ON, FACH queues are
congested, and the delay of
10 or more SDUs exceeds the
threshold, the FACH enters
the admission congestion
state.
GUI Value Range:OFF, ON
Actual Value Range:OFF, ON
Unit:None
Default Value:OFF

None
FACHAdmSD BSC6900 SET
UDelayThd
UDPUCFGDATA

None

Meaning:SDU delay
threshold. If the SDU Delay in
FACH Admission Decision
parameter is set to ON and
the delay of 10 or more SDUs
exceeds the threshold, the
FACH enters admission
congestion state.
GUI Value Range:1~100
Actual Value
Range:100~10000
Unit:100ms
Default Value:20

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-35

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

9 Parameters

Parameter ID NE

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description

None
FachCongClea BSC6900 SET
rThd
UDPUCFGDATA

None

Meaning:FACH DTCH and


DCCH congestion clearance
threshold. If the duration to
buffer data packets on the
MACC is shorter than this
threshold, the MACC reports a
congestion clearance
indication to L3. The
parameter is in the unit of TTI.
This parameter is an
advanced parameter. To
modify this parameter, contact
Huawei Customer Service
Center for technical support.
GUI Value Range:0~200
Actual Value Range:0~200
Unit:None
Default Value:10

FachCongThd BSC6900 SET


None
UDPUCFGDATA

None

Meaning:FACH DTCH and


DCCH congestion report
threshold. If the duration to
buffer data packets on the
MACC reaches this threshold,
the MACC reports a CCCH
congestion indication to
MACD and L3. The parameter
is in the unit of TTI.
This parameter is an
advanced parameter. To
modify this parameter, contact
Huawei Customer Service
Center for technical support.
GUI Value Range:1~200
Actual Value Range:1~200
Unit:None
Default Value:60

FcOnItfBrd

BSC6900 SET
TNSOFTPARA

None

None

Meaning:Whether to enable
interface board flow control.
If this switch is turned on, the
BSC6900 adjusts the traffic
load on the interface board
according to the CPU usage

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-36

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

9 Parameters

Parameter ID NE

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


of the interface board.
GUI Value Range:OFF(OFF),
ON(ON)
Actual Value Range:OFF, ON
Unit:None
Default Value:ON(ON)

FCSW

BSC6900 SET FCSW

GBFD-1117 GSM Flow


05
Control
WRFD-040 Flow Control
100

Meaning:Main switch for the


flow control on a subsystem.
Other flow control switches
can take effect only when this
switch is set to ON.
GUI Value Range:ON, OFF
Actual Value Range:ON, OFF
Unit:None
Default Value:ON

FcSwicthByRa BSC6900 SET


tioBetweenCC
TNSOFTPARA
AndCR

None

None

Meaning:Whether to enable
Connection
Confirm/Connection Request
(CC/CR) flow control. The
SCCP periodically measures
the number of connection
setup requests that are sent
and received by the BSC6900
for each signaling point.
If this switch is turned on, the
BSC6900 starts flow control if
the proportion of the
connection setup responses
to the connection setup
requests is lower than the flow
control threshold.
GUI Value Range:OFF(OFF),
ON(ON)
Actual Value Range:OFF, ON
Unit:None
Default Value:ON(ON)

FDWINDOW

BSC6900 SET FCCPUTHD GBFD-1117 GSM Flow


05
Control
WRFD-040 Flow Control

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Meaning:Number of CPU
usage sampling times
involved in fast judgment. The
value of this parameter must
be smaller than or equal to

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-37

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


100

half of the value of "Filter


window". "Fast judgment
window" is applied to control
the flow in the case that the
CPU usage is too high in a
short time. After "fast
judgment window" is applied,
the system compares the
CPU usage in a short period
of time before the current time
with Critical threshold. If all
CPU usages in the "fast
judgment window" reach or
exceed Critical threshold, all
active flow control
mechanisms start to work
immediately.
GUI Value Range:1~1000
Actual Value Range:1~1000
Unit:None
Default Value:4

FlowCtrlSwitch BSC6900 SET


WRFD-020 Admission
UCACALGOSWI 101
Control
TCH

Meaning:The parameter
values are described as
follows:
CELL_UPDATE_QUEUE_FL
OW_CTRL_SWITCH(Switch
for Queue-based
Shaping):Whether to enable
queue-based shaping for
CELL_UPDATE messages.
When this switch is turned on,
queue-based shaping for
CELL_UPDATE messages is
enabled. If the CPU usage is
high when a UE initiates a cell
update, the RNC buffers the
received CELL_UPDATE
messages of the different
priorities in different queues.
When the CPU usage falls
below a threshold, the RNC
processes the buffered
messages.
This parameter is an
advanced parameter. To
modify this parameter, contact
Huawei Customer Service

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-38

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

9 Parameters

Parameter ID NE

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


Center for technical support.
GUI Value
Range:CELL_UPDATE_QUE
UE_FLOW_CTRL_SWITCH(
Switch for Queue-based
Shaping)
Actual Value
Range:CELL_UPDATE_QUE
UE_FLOW_CTRL_SWITCH
Unit:None
Default
Value:CELL_UPDATE_QUEU
E_FLOW_CTRL_SWITCH-0

IgorTmr

BSC6900 SET
WRFD-010 3GPP R9
UIUTIMERANDN 101
Specifications
UM

Meaning:CN flow control timer


(short). The OVERLOAD
message received repeatedly
in this period will be
discarded.
GUI Value
Range:5000~30000
Actual Value
Range:5000~30000
Unit:ms
Default Value:20000

IntrTmr

BSC6900 SET
WRFD-010 3GPP R9
UIUTIMERANDN 101
Specifications
UM

Meaning:CN flow control timer


(long). If the OVERLOAD
message is not received in
this period, the traffic volume
will be increased by a degree.
GUI Value
Range:15000~120000
Actual Value
Range:15000~120000
Unit:ms
Default Value:60000

IUCTHD

BSC6900 SET FCSW

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

WRFD-040 Flow Control


100

Meaning:Maximum traffic rate


for restriction in the case of
congestion on the IU
interface. This parameter is
valid only when "Board Class"
is "XPU".

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-39

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

9 Parameters

Parameter ID NE

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


GUI Value Range:0~100
Actual Value Range:0~100
Unit:None
Default Value:70

IUFCSW

BSC6900 SET FCSW

WRFD-040 Flow Control


100

Meaning:Whether to control
signaling traffic on the IU
interface
GUI Value Range:ON, OFF
Actual Value Range:ON, OFF
Unit:None
Default Value:ON

IURDLSW

BSC6900 SET FCSW

WRFD-040 Flow Control


100

Meaning:Whether to control
the traffic on the Iur downlink
GUI Value Range:ON, OFF
Actual Value Range:ON, OFF
Unit:None
Default Value:ON

IURGSW

BSC6900 SET FCSW

WRFD-040 Flow Control


100

Meaning:Whether to control
traffic on the Iur-g interface
GUI Value Range:ON, OFF
Actual Value Range:ON, OFF
Unit:None
Default Value:ON

IURULSW

BSC6900 SET FCSW

WRFD-040 Flow Control


100

Meaning:Whether to control
the traffic on the Iur uplink
GUI Value Range:ON, OFF
Actual Value Range:ON, OFF
Unit:None
Default Value:ON

LowRrcConnR BSC6900 SET


ejWaitTmr
USTATETIMER

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

WRFD-010 3.4/6.8/13.6/27. Meaning:Wait time IE


510
2Kbps RRC
contained in the RRC
Connection and CONNECTION REJECT
Radio Access message for a low-priority
Bearer
RRC connection setup

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-40

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


Establishment
and Release

request, that is, the minimum


time for which a UE must wait
before it sends another RRC
connection setup request. An
RRC connection setup
request has a low priority only
when neither of the following
conditions is met:
1. The value of the IE CN
domain identity contained in
the RRC CONNECTION
REQUEST message sent
from the UE to the BSC6900
is CS domain.
2. The cause value contained
in the RRC CONNECTION
REQUEST message is
Originating Conversational
Cal, Terminating
Conversational Call, or
Emergency Call.
GUI Value Range:0~15
Actual Value Range:0~15
Unit:s
Default Value:4

LRRCCONNC BSC6900 SET SHARETHD MRFD-210 System


CPUTHD
101
Redundancy

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Meaning:CPU usage
threshold for stopping load
sharing on location service
RRC connection setup
requests. When the CPU
usage of an XPU subsystem
reaches this threshold or
CtrlPlnSharingOutThd,
whichever is smaller, later
location service RRC
connection setup requests will
be carried by other XPU
subsystems.
CtrlPlnSharingOutThd is set
by using the command "SET
UCTRLPLNSHAREPARA". If
the CPU usage of all
candidate XPU subsystems
exceeds this threshold, flow
control on location service
RRC connection setup
requests is triggered. The
parameter value is invalid if

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-41

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


the SYS_LEVEL_DYNAMIC
switch in the
"CallShockCtrlSwitch"
parameter of the "SET
UCALLSHOCKCTRL"
command is turned on.
GUI Value Range:30~100
Actual Value Range:30~100
Unit:%
Default Value:90

LRRCCONNC BSC6900 SET SHARETHD MRFD-210 System


MSGTHD
101
Redundancy

Meaning:Packet usage
threshold for stopping load
sharing on location service
RRC connection setup
requests. When the packet
usage of an XPU subsystem
reaches this threshold, later
call service packets will be
carried by other XPU
subsystems. If the packet
usage of all candidate XPU
subsystems exceeds this
threshold, flow control on
location service RRC
connection setup request
packets is triggered.
GUI Value Range:30~100
Actual Value Range:30~100
Unit:%
Default Value:75

LRRCCONNR BSC6900 SET SHARETHD MRFD-210 System


CPUTHD
101
Redundancy

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Meaning:CPU usage
threshold for recoverying load
sharing on location service
RRC connection setup
requests. If the CPU usage of
an XPU subsystem is lower
than this threshold, this XPU
subsystem is the candidate
subsystem for load sharing on
location service RRC
connection setup requests.
The parameter value is invalid
if the SYS_LEVEL_DYNAMIC
switch in the
"CallShockCtrlSwitch"

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-42

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


parameter of the "SET
UCALLSHOCKCTRL"
command is turned on.
GUI Value Range:30~100
Actual Value Range:30~100
Unit:%
Default Value:80

LRRCCONNR BSC6900 SET SHARETHD MRFD-210 System


MSGTHD
101
Redundancy

Meaning:Packet usage
threshold for recoverying load
sharing on location service
RRC connection setup
requests. When the packet
usage of an XPU subsystem
is lower than this threshold,
this XPU subsystem is a
candidate subsystem for load
sharing on location service
RRC connection setup
requests.
GUI Value Range:30~100
Actual Value Range:30~100
Unit:%
Default Value:65

MaxCAPSLow BSC6900 SET


WRFD-020 Service Steering Meaning:Maximum numbers
Load
UCTRLPLNSHA 120
and Load
of incoming calls in one
REPARA
Sharing in RRC second when the load is lower
Connection
than the forwarding threshold.
Setup
When the CPU usage is lower
than the sharing out threshold
and overload threshold, and
call numbers in each second
reach the threshold, new
arrival call attempts will be
shared out to other SPU
subsystem and none will be
shared in this SPU
subsystem.
GUI Value Range:0~400
Actual Value Range:0~400
Unit:None
Default Value:150

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-43

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description

MaxCAPSMid BSC6900 SET


WRFD-020 Service Steering Meaning:Maximum numbers
Load
UCTRLPLNSHA 120
and Load
of incoming calls in one
REPARA
Sharing in RRC second when the load
Connection
exceeds the forwarding
Setup
threshold. When the CPU
usage is between the sharing
out threshold and overload
threshold, and call number in
one second reaches the
threshold, new arrival call
attempts will be shared out to
other SPU subsystem and
none will be shared in this
SPU subsystem.
GUI Value Range:0~400
Actual Value Range:0~400
Unit:None
Default Value:100
MPULOADDIF BSC6900 SET
WRFD-140 Iu/Iur
FTH
TNLOADBALAN 207
Transmission
CEPARA
Resource Pool
WRFD-140 in RNC
208
Iub
Transmission
Resource Pool
in RNC

Meaning:Threshold of the
CPU usage difference
between the MPU with the
highest load and the MPU
with the lowest load. When
the CPU usage difference
between the MPU with the
highest load and the MPU
with the lowest load is larger
than this threshold and the
CPU usage of the MPU with
the highest load is larger than
the value of the "MPU Load
Balance Threshold"
parameter, the BSC6900 will
allocate transmission
resources to MPUs with low
CPU usage to maintain CPU
usage balance between MPU
subsystems.
GUI Value Range:5~100
Actual Value Range:5~100
Unit:%
Default Value:10

MPULOADSH BSC6900 SET


WRFD-140 Iu/Iur
Meaning:The CPU usage
ARETH
TNLOADBALAN 207
Transmission threshold for the MPU with the
Resource Pool highest load. When the CPU
Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-44

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

9 Parameters

Parameter ID NE

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


CEPARA

WRFD-140 in RNC
208
Iub
Transmission
Resource Pool
in RNC

usage of the MPU board with


the highest load exceeds the
threshold and the CPU usage
difference between the MPU
with the highest load and that
with the lowest load is larger
than the value of the "MPU
Load Difference Threshold"
parameter, the BSC6900 will
allocate transmission
resources to MPUs with low
CPU usage to maintain CPU
usage balance between MPU
subsystems.
GUI Value Range:1~100
Actual Value Range:1~100
Unit:%
Default Value:40

MRFCSW

BSC6900 SET FCSW

WRFD-040 Flow Control


100

Meaning:Whether to control
MR flow
GUI Value Range:ON, OFF
Actual Value Range:ON, OFF
Unit:None
Default Value:ON

NBMCacAlgoS BSC6900 ADD


WRFD-020
witch
UCELLALGOSWI 101
TCH
WRFD-020
MOD
102
UCELLALGOSWI
WRFD-010
TCH
202

Admission
Control
Load
Measurement

UE State in
Connected
Mode
WRFD-021 (CELL-DCH,
102
CELL-PCH,
URA-PCH,
CELL-FACH)
Cell Barring

Meaning:Whether to enable
the algorithms related to cell
service admission. Selecting a
switch enables the
corresponding algorithm and
clearing a switch disables the
corresponding algorithm.
1. CRD_ADCTRL: Control
Cell Credit admission control
algorithm. Only when
NODEB_CREDIT_CAC_SWI
TCH which is set by the SET
UCACALGOSWITCH
command and this switch are
on,the Cell Credit admission
control algorithm is valid.
2. HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL:
Control HSDPA UU Load
admission control
algorithm.This swtich does not

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-45

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


work when uplink is beared on
HSUPA and downlink is
beared on HSDPA.
3. HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL:
Control HSUPA UU Load
admission control algorithm.
This switch does not work
when uplink is beared on
HSUPA and downlink is
beared on HSDPA.
4. MBMS_UU_ADCTRL:
Control MBMS UU Load
admission control algorithm.
5. HSDPA_GBP_MEAS:
Control HSDPA power
requirement for GBR (GBP)
measurement. The NodeB will
report the GBP of HSDPA
users to the RNC after the
measurement is enabled.
6. HSDPA_PBR_MEAS:
Control HSDPA provided bit
rate (PBR) measurement. The
NodeB will report the PBR of
HSDPA users to the RNC after
the measurement is enabled.
7.
SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_I
U_RST: When this switch and
the RNC-level
SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_I
U_RST(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH )are
turned on, the Cell Barring
function is available to the Iu
interface.
8. HSUPA_PBR_MEAS:
Control HSUPA PBR
measurement. The NodeB will
report the PBR of HSUPA
users to the RNC after the
measurement is enabled.
9.
HSUPA_EDCH_RSEPS_ME
AS: Control HSUPA Provided
Received Scheduled EDCH
Power Share measurement.
10. EMC_UU_ADCTRL:

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-46

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


Control power admission for
emergency user.
11.
RTWP_RESIST_DISTURB:
Control algorithm of resisting
disturb when RTWP is
abnormal.
12.
SIGNALING_SHO_UL_AC_S
WITCH: Whether to prohibit
UEs that have established
RRC connections but not start
processing any services yet
from performing soft
handovers. When this switch
is turned on, such UEs cannot
access target cells by means
of soft handover if the OLC
procedure is progressing in
target cells.
13. FACH_UU_ADCTRL:
Admission control switch for
the FACH on the Uu interface.
This switch determines
whether to admit a user in the
RRC state on the
CELL_FACH. 1) If this switch
is enabled: if the current cell is
congested due to overload,
and the users are with RAB
connection requests or RRC
connection requests(except
the cause of ""Detach"",
""Registration"", or
""Emergency Call""), the
users will be rejected.
Otherwise FACH user
admission procedure is
initiated. A user can access
the cell after the procedure
succeeds. 2) If this switch is
disabled: FACH user
admission procedure is
initiated without the
consideration of cell state.
14.
MIMOCELL_LEGACYHSDPA
_ADCTRL: Legacy HSDPA
admission control algorithm in
MIMO cell.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-47

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


15.
FAST_DORMANCY_ADCTR
L: Whether to enable or
disable state transition of
users in the CELL-DCH state,
who are enabled with fast
dormancy, to ease FACH
congestion in a cell. If this
switch is turned off in a cell,
state transition of such users
is disabled. Note that when
this switch is turned off in
multiple cells under an
BSC6900, signaling storm
may occur. As a result, the
CPU usage of the BSC6900,
NodeB, and SGSN increases
greatly, leading to service
setup failure.This switch has
been removed from RAN13,
so that this switch is now
invalid.
16.
FACH_USER_NUM_NOT_C
TRL: Whether to allow for
FACH UEs without
restrictions.
GUI Value
Range:CRD_ADCTRL(Credit
Admission Control Algorithm),
HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL(HSDP
A UU Load Admission Control
Algorithm),
HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL(HSUP
A UU Load Admission Control
Algorithm),
MBMS_UU_ADCTRL(MBMS
UU Load Admission Control
Algorithm),
HSDPA_GBP_MEAS(HSDPA
GBP Meas Algorithm),
HSDPA_PBR_MEAS(HSDPA
PBR Meas Algorithm),
SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_I
U_RST(System Info Update
Switch for Iu Reset),
HSUPA_PBR_MEAS(HSUPA
PBR Meas Algorithm),
HSUPA_EDCH_RSEPS_ME
AS(HSUPA EDCH RSEPS
Meas Algorithm),
EMC_UU_ADCTRL(emergen

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-48

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


cy call power admission),
RTWP_RESIST_DISTURB(R
TWP Resist Disturb Switch),
SIGNALING_SHO_UL_AC_S
WITCH(Signaling Sho Ul
power cac switch),
FACH_UU_ADCTRL(FACH
power cac switch),
MIMOCELL_LEGACYHSDPA
_ADCTRL(Legacy HSDPA
Admission Control Algorithm
in MIMO Cell ),
FAST_DORMANCY_ADCTR
L(Fast Dormancy User
Admission Control Algorithm),
FACH_USER_NUM_NOT_C
TRL(FACH USER
UNLIMITED)
Actual Value
Range:CRD_ADCTRL,
HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL,
HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL,
MBMS_UU_ADCTRL,
HSDPA_GBP_MEAS,
HSDPA_PBR_MEAS,
SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_I
U_RST, HSUPA_PBR_MEAS,
HSUPA_EDCH_RSEPS_ME
AS, EMC_UU_ADCTRL,
RTWP_RESIST_DISTURB,
SIGNALING_SHO_UL_AC_S
WITCH, FACH_UU_ADCTRL,
MIMOCELL_LEGACYHSDPA
_ADCTRL,
FAST_DORMANCY_ADCTR
L,
FACH_USER_NUM_NOT_C
TRL
Unit:None
Default
Value:CRD_ADCTRL-1&HSD
PA_UU_ADCTRL-0&HSUPA_
UU_ADCTRL-0&MBMS_UU_
ADCTRL-0&HSDPA_GBP_M
EAS-0&HSDPA_PBR_MEAS0&SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR
_IU_RST-0&HSUPA_PBR_M
EAS-0&HSUPA_EDCH_RSE
PS_MEAS-0&EMC_UU_ADC
TRL-1&RTWP_RESIST_DIST
URB-0&SIGNALING_SHO_U

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-49

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


L_AC_SWITCH-0&FACH_UU
_ADCTRL-0&MIMOCELL_LE
GACYHSDPA_ADCTRL-0&F
AST_DORMANCY_ADCTRL1&FACH_USER_NUM_NOT_
CTRL-0

NcpCongFlow BSC6900 SET


WRFD-020 Load
CtrSwitch
ULDCALGOPAR 106
Reshuffling
A

Meaning:Whether to activate
the cell-level dynamic CAPS
flow control algorithm based
on the congestion status of
the NCP link. This parameter
must be used with
"RSVDBIT4" of the
"RsvdPara1" parameter in the
"ADD UNODEBALGOPARA"
command. When the switch is
turned on, flow control is
triggered if the NCP link is
congested; flow control is
stopped if the NCP link is not
congested. When flow control
is triggered, the number of
allowed RRC connection
requests per second in the
cell decreases based on the
value of
"KPIstepdownpercentage".
When flow control is stopped,
the number of allowed RRC
connection requests per
second in the cell increases
based on the value of
"KPIstepuppercentage". The
number of RRC connection
requests does not change
once the cell flow control
status becomes stable.
This parameter is an
advanced parameter. To
modify this parameter, contact
Huawei Customer Service
Center for technical support.
GUI Value Range:OFF(OFF),
ON(ON)
Actual Value Range:OFF, ON
Unit:None
Default Value:ON(ON)

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-50

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

9 Parameters

Parameter ID NE

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description

NRMCPUCTH BSC6900 SET FCCPUTHD WRFD-020 Inter Frequency Meaning:Threshold for


D
103
Load Balance triggering the cell-level CPU
usage-based dynamic CAPS
flow control algorithm. This
algorithm considers the CPU
usage of the SPU subsystem
only. You are advised to set
this parameter value to be 5%
higher than the value of
"DynaCapsFcTarCpu" in the
"SET UCALLSHOCKCTRL"
command.
GUI Value Range:30~100
Actual Value Range:30~100
Unit:%
Default Value:90
NRMCPURTH BSC6900 SET FCCPUTHD WRFD-020 Inter Frequency Meaning:Threshold for
D
103
Load Balance stopping the cell-level CPU
usage-based dynamic CAPS
flow control algorithm. This
algorithm considers the CPU
usage of the SPU subsystem
only.
GUI Value Range:30~100
Actual Value Range:30~100
Unit:%
Default Value:80
NRMFCSW

BSC6900 SET FCSW

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

WRFD-020 Inter Frequency Meaning:Whether to activate


103
Load Balance the cell-level CPU
usage-based dynamic CAPS
flow control algorithm. This
algorithm considers the CPU
usage of the SPU subsystem
only. When the switch is
turned on, flow control is
triggered if CPU usage of an
SPU subsystem is higher than
or equal to the value of
"NRMCPUCTHD"; flow
control is stopped if the CPU
usage is lower than or equal
to the value of
"NRMCPURTHD". When flow
control is triggered, the
number of allowed RRC

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-51

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

9 Parameters

Parameter ID NE

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


connection requests per
second in the cell decreases
based on the value of
"KPIstepdownpercentage".
When flow control is stopped,
the number of allowed RRC
connection requests per
second in the cell increases
based on the value of
"KPIstepuppercentage". The
number of RRC connection
requests does not change
once the cell flow control
status becomes stable.
GUI Value Range:ON, OFF
Actual Value Range:ON, OFF
Unit:None
Default Value:ON

PAGECTHD

BSC6900 SET
FCMSGQTHD

WRFD-040 Flow Control


100

Meaning:Packet queue usage


threshold for paging flow
control. When the average
packet usage within several
sliding windows reaches or
exceeds "Paging restore
threshold", linear flow control
is started on paging
messages. When the average
packet usage within several
sliding windows reaches or
exceeds "Paging control
threshold", 100% flow control
is started on paging
messages.
GUI Value Range:30~100
Actual Value Range:30~100
Unit:%
Default Value:70

PAGERTHD

BSC6900 SET
FCMSGQTHD

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

WRFD-040 Flow Control


100

Meaning:Packet queue usage


threshold for paging flow
control. When the average
packet usage within several
sliding windows reaches or
exceeds "Paging restore
threshold", linear flow control
is started on paging

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-52

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

9 Parameters

Parameter ID NE

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


messages. When the average
packet usage within several
sliding windows is lower than
"Paging restore threshold",
paging flow control is stopped.
GUI Value Range:30~100
Actual Value Range:30~100
Unit:%
Default Value:60

PAGESW

BSC6900 SET FCSW

WRFD-040 Flow Control


100

Meaning:Whether to control
paging flow.
GUI Value Range:ON, OFF
Actual Value Range:ON, OFF
Unit:None
Default Value:ON

PagingSwitch BSC6900 SET


None
UDPUCFGDATA

None

Meaning:Paging preemption
switch. When the switch is
turned on, the paging
preemption function is
supported.
GUI Value Range:OFF(OFF),
ON(ON)
Actual Value Range:OFF, ON
Unit:None
Default Value:ON(ON)

PerfEnhanceS BSC6900 SET


WRFD-010 HSDPA State
witch
UCORRMPARA 61111
Transition
WRFD-021
104
WRFD-010
202
WRFD-020
400

Meaning:1.
PERFENH_AMR_SPEC_BR_
SWITCH: When the switch is
Emergency Call set to ON, the procedure
specific to AMR service
UE State in
establishment takes effect.
Connected
Mode
2.
(CELL-DCH,
PERFENH_AMR_TMPLT_S
CELL-PCH,
WITCH: When the switch is
URA-PCH,
set to ON, the AMR template
CELL-FACH)
takes effect.

WRFD-010
61004
DRD
WRFD-020 Introduction
Package
60501

3.
PERFENH_SRB_TMPLT_SW
ITCH: When the switch is set
HSDPA Power to ON, the SRB template

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-53

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


WRFD-020 Control
402
SRNS
WRFD-020 Relocation (UE
40003
Not Involved)
WRFD-010 Measurement
61404
Based Direct
Retry
Inter System
Redirect
HSUPA
2ms/10ms TTI
Handover

takes effect.
4.
PERFENH_OLPC_TMPLT_S
WITCH: When the switch is
set to ON, the OLPC template
takes effect.
5.
PERFENH_AMR_SP_TMPLT
_SWITCH: When the switch is
set to ON, the AMR parameter
template takes effect.
6.
PERFENH_INTRAFREQ_MC
_TMPLT_SWITCH: When the
switch is set to ON, the
intra-frequency measurement
control template takes effect.
7.
PERFENH_INTERRAT_PEN
ALTY_50_SWITCH: After a
UE fails to be handed over to
a 2G cell during an inter-RAT
handover, the BSC6900
forbids the UE to attempt a
handover to the 2G cell in a
certain period. When the
switch is set to ON, the period
is 50s. When the switch is set
to OFF, the period is 30s.
8.
PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HS
UPA_TTI10_SWITCH: When
the switch is set to ON, the
uplink SRBs of HSUPA 10 ms
non-conversational services
are always carried on DCHs,
and the original parameter
Type of Channel Preferably
Carrying Signaling RB is
invalid. When the switch is set
to OFF, SRBs for HSUPA 10
ms non-conversational
services can be carried on
HSUPA channels when the
original parameter Type of
Channel Preferably Carrying
Signaling RB is set to HSUPA
or HSPA. The switch is set to
OFF by default.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-54

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


9.
PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI2_EN
HANCE_SWITCH: When the
switch is set to ON, the
single-user peak-rate
improvement algorithm of
HSUPA 2 ms TTI is enabled.
When the switch is set to OFF,
the algorithm is disabled. The
switch is set to OFF by
default.
10.
PERFENH_UU_P2D_CUC_O
PT_SWITCH: When this
switch is turned on, the P2D
cell update confirm message
simplification algorithm takes
effect. When this switch is
turned off, the algorithm does
not take effect. By default, this
switch is turned off.
11.
PERFENH_RL_RECFG_SIR
_CONSIDER_SWITCH: This
check box controls whether
the BSC6900 considers the
converged SIRTarget value
that is used before radio link
reconfiguration in outer loop
power control performed after
radio link reconfiguration. If
the check box is not selected,
the BSC6900 sends the initial
SIRTarget value used after
radio link reconfiguration to
the NodeB.If the check box is
selected, the BSC6900
selects a more appropriate
value from the initial
SIRTarget value used after
radio link reconfiguration and
the converged SIRTarget
value used before radio link
reconfiguration. Then the
BSC6900 sends the selected
value to the NodeB. Setting of
this check box takes effect
only when the
PC_RL_RECFG_SIR_TARG
ET_CARRY_SWITCH check
box is selected.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-55

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


12.
PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PR
OTECT_SWITCH: When the
switch is set to ON, The
mechanism to avoid endless
back-and-forth
RRC-redirections takes effect.
The switch is set to OFF by
default.
13.
PERFENH_H2F_OPT_SWIT
CH: whether to enable the
optimized algorithm for HSPA
UE state transition from
CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH
(also referred to as H2F state
transition). When the switch is
turned on, the optimized H2F
state transition algorithm is
enabled, and event 4A
measurement of traffic volume
or throughput is added to the
state transition procedure.
The added event 4A
measurement prevents an
H2F state transition when
data is being transmitted.
14.
PERFENH_PSTRAFFIC_P2
H_SWITCH: When the switch
is turned on and a
CELL_PCH/URA_PCH-to-CE
LL_DCH (P2D for short) state
transition is triggered for a PS
service, the PS service can be
set up on HSPA channels
after the state transition.
When the switch is turned off,
PS services can be set up
only on DCHs after a P2D
state transition. This switch is
turned off by default.
15.
PERFENH_VIP_USER_PCH
R_MR_SWITCH: When the
switch is set to ON, VIP UEs
report their transmit power to
the BSC6900 when required
and periodically measure
signal quality of
intra-frequency cells. In

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-56

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


addition, these UEs measure
the downlink BLER, the
NodeB measures the uplink
SIR, and the BSC6900
records the measurement
results.
16.
PERFENH_TX_INTERRUPT
_AFT_TRIG_SWITCH: Switch
for including the Tx
interruption after trigger IE in
the uplink 4A traffic volume
measurement control
message. When this switch is
turned on, the uplink 4A traffic
volume measurement control
message from BSC6900
includes the Tx interruption
after trigger IE for UEs that
are in the CELL_FACH or
enhanced CELL_FACH state
and processing PS BE
services. The value of this IE
can be changed by running
the "SET UUESTATETRANS"
command.
17.
PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI_RE
CFG_PROC_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to use the optimized
TTI switching algorithm for BE
services
0: The optimized algorithm
does not take effect. The
original mechanism is
implemented.
1: The optimized algorithm
takes effect. After HSUPA
services are configured or
reconfigured with 10 ms TTI
due to network resource
(admission CEs, RTWP,
consumed Iub bandwidth, or
consumed CEs) congestion or
insufficient coverage, these
UEs cannot change to use 2
ms TTI if no data needs to be
transmitted.
18.
PERFENH_DOWNLOAD_EN

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-57

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


HANCE_SWITCH: Whether
to activate the algorithm for
increasing the single-threaded
download rate.
19.
PERFENH_OLPC_BLER_CO
EF_ADJUST: Switch for
adjusting the BLER coefficient
specific to CS services based
on the best cell's uplink load
status. When this switch is
turned on, the outer loop
power control algorithm uses
the target BLER set by the
OMU board if the best cell's
uplink load status is LDR or
OLC. If the status is neither
LDR nor OLC, this algorithm
uses this target BLER after
being divided by five.
20.
PERFENH_EMG_AGPS_MC
_DELAY_SWITCH: Whether
to enable the function of
delaying the sending of an
RRC_MEAS_CTRL message
containing AGPS information
when an emergency call is
made. When this switch is
turned on, the BSC6900
delays the sending of this
message until the emergency
call is successfully set up.
When this switch is turned off,
the BSC6900 sends this
message upon receiving a
LOCATION_REPORTING_C
ONTROL message from the
CN.
21.
PERFENH_MULTI_RLS_CQI
_PARA_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to enable a UE
having multiple RLSs to use
the value of "CQIReF" and the
value of "CQIFbCk" that are
for UEs having only one RLS.
The two parameters can be
set by running the "SET
UHSDPCCH" and "ADD
UCELLHSDPCCH"

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-58

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


commands. When this switch
is turned off, the UE does not
use the values of the two
parameters that are for UEs
having only one RLS. When
this switch is turned on, the
UE uses the values of the two
parameters that are for UEs
having only one RLS.
22.
PERFENH_RELOC_IE_CAL
CTIMEFORCIP_SWITCH:
Whether to enable a
RELOCATION REQUIRED
message to contain the IE
calculationTimeForCiphering.
When this switch is turned on,
static relocation request
messages contain the IE
calculationTimeForCiphering.
23.
PERFENH_IS_TIMEOUT_TR
IG_DRD_SWITCH: Whether
to trigger the DRD procedure
and channel switchover from
E-DCH or HS-DSCH to DCH
when messages transmitted
over the Uu and Iub interfaces
do not arrive in time. When
this switch is turned off, the
DRD procedure and channel
switchover from E-DCH or
HS-DSCH to DCH are not
triggered if messages
transmitted over the Uu and
Iub interfaces do not arrive in
time. When this switch is
turned on, the DRD procedure
and channel switchover from
E-DCH or HS-DSCH to DCH
are triggered if messages
transmitted over the Uu and
Iub interfaces do not arrive in
time.
24.
PERFENH_CELL_CACLOAD
_BROADCAST_AMEND:
Whether to consider CE or
code resource usage when
determining the resource
status of a cell whose serving

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-59

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


boards or SPU sub-systems
are different from those of its
neighboring cells. When this
switch is turned on, the RNC
determines the resource
status of such a cell based on
power, CE, and code resource
usage. If power, CE, or code
resources in a cell become
congested, the RNC
determines that the cell
experiences resource
congestion. When this switch
is turned off, the RNC
determines the resource
status of such a cell based on
power resource usage only.
25.
PERFENH_MBDR_TARCELL
SEL_OPT_SWITCH: When
this switch is turned on,
candidate cells are ranked by
"InterFreqMeasQuantity" (in
the "ADD
UCELLMBDRINTERFREQ"
command) for MBDR, and the
cell with the best signal quality
is selected as the target cell.
When this switch is turned off,
candidate cells are not ranked
by InterFreqMeasQuantity for
MBDR.
26.
PERFENH_RRC_DRD_PRE
ADMISSION_SWITCH:
Whether the BSC6900 makes
a pre-admission decision on
intra-RAT DRDs or
redirections during an RRC
connection setup. When this
switch is turned on, the
BSC6900 makes a
pre-admission decision on
intra-RAT DRDs or
redirections during an RRC
connection setup. When this
switch is turned off, the
BSC6900 does not make a
pre-admission decision on
intra-RAT DRDs or
redirections during an RRC

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-60

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


connection setup.
27.
PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_RE
DIR_SWITCH: Whether to
activate the RRC redirection
in weak coverage algorithm.
When this switch is turned on,
UEs located in weak coverage
are redirected to the
neighboring GSM cell through
RRC redirection. When this
switch is turned off, this
algorithm is disabled.
28.
PERFENH_L2U_CSFB_COM
MCALL_SWITCH: Whether to
preferentially admit UEs
processing PS services who
are involved in CS fallbacks.
When this switch is turned on,
the non-real-time PS services
of the UE involved in a CS
fallback are switched to a
DCH with a data rate of 8
kbit/s before the access to the
UMTS network. For the
real-time PS services, the UE
follows the standard access
procedure. If the access fails
and the "PreemptAlgoSwitch"
parameter under the "SET
UQUEUEPREEMPT"
command is turned on, the UE
can preempt other UEs'
resources. If this switch is
turned off, the UE has to try to
access the network as a
common PS UE.
29.
PERFENH_DLBLINDDETEC
T_WHEN_ONLYSRBONDCH
: This parameter controls
whether to enable blind
detection for the HSDPA
user-associated
single-signaling R99 channel.
When the switch specified this
parameter is turned on, blind
detection is enabled.
30.
PERFENH_DLBLINDDETEC

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-61

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


T_WHEN_SRBAMRONDCH:
This parameter controls
whether to enable blind
detection for the HSDPA
user-associated AMR R99
channel. When the switch
specified by this parameter is
turned on, blind detection is
enabled if the HSDPA service
has been set up and there are
signaling and AMR traffic
carried on the R99 channel.
31.
PERFENH_R6_HSUPA_TTI_
10MSTO2MS_LIMIT: Whether
to allow R6 UEs to switch
from HSUPA 10 ms to 2 ms
TTI. When the switch is turned
on, this switching is not
allowed for R6 UEs. When the
switch is turned off, this limit
does not work.
This parameter is an
advanced parameter. To
modify this parameter, contact
Huawei Customer Service
Center for technical support.
GUI Value
Range:PERFENH_AMR_SPE
C_BR_SWITCH,
PERFENH_AMR_TMPLT_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_SRB_TMPLT_SW
ITCH,
PERFENH_OLPC_TMPLT_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_AMR_SP_TMPLT
_SWITCH,
PERFENH_INTRAFREQ_MC
_TMPLT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_INTERRAT_PEN
ALTY_50_SWITCH,
PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HS
UPA_TTI10_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI2_EN
HANCE_SWITCH,
PERFENH_UU_P2D_CUC_O
PT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RL_RECFG_SIR
_CONSIDER_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PR

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-62

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


OTECT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_H2F_OPT_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_PSTRAFFIC_P2
H_SWITCH,
PERFENH_VIP_USER_PCH
R_MR_SWITCH,
PERFENH_TX_INTERRUPT
_AFT_TRIG_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI_RE
CFG_PROC_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_DOWNLOAD_EN
HANCE_SWITCH,
PERFENH_OLPC_BLER_CO
EF_ADJUST,
PERFENH_EMG_AGPS_MC
_DELAY_SWITCH,
PERFENH_MULTI_RLS_CQI
_PARA_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RELOC_IE_CAL
CTIMEFORCIP_SWITCH,
PERFENH_IS_TIMEOUT_TR
IG_DRD_SWITCH,
PERFENH_CELL_CACLOAD
_BROADCAST_AMEND,
PERFENH_MBDR_TARCELL
SEL_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RRC_DRD_PRE
ADMISSION_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_RE
DIR_SWITCH,
PERFENH_L2U_CSFB_COM
MCALL_SWITCH,
PERFENH_DLBLINDDETEC
T_WHEN_ONLYSRBONDCH
,
PERFENH_DLBLINDDETEC
T_WHEN_SRBAMRONDCH,
PERFENH_R6_HSUPA_TTI_
10MSTO2MS_LIMIT
Actual Value
Range:PERFENH_AMR_SPE
C_BR_SWITCH,
PERFENH_AMR_TMPLT_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_SRB_TMPLT_SW
ITCH,
PERFENH_OLPC_TMPLT_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_AMR_SP_TMPLT
_SWITCH,
PERFENH_INTRAFREQ_MC

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-63

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


_TMPLT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_INTERRAT_PEN
ALTY_50_SWITCH,
PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HS
UPA_TTI10_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI2_EN
HANCE_SWITCH,
PERFENH_UU_P2D_CUC_O
PT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RL_RECFG_SIR
_CONSIDER_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PR
OTECT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_H2F_OPT_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_PSTRAFFIC_P2
H_SWITCH,
PERFENH_VIP_USER_PCH
R_MR_SWITCH,
PERFENH_TX_INTERRUPT
_AFT_TRIG_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI_RE
CFG_PROC_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_DOWNLOAD_EN
HANCE_SWITCH,
PERFENH_OLPC_BLER_CO
EF_ADJUST,
PERFENH_EMG_AGPS_MC
_DELAY_SWITCH,
PERFENH_MULTI_RLS_CQI
_PARA_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RELOC_IE_CAL
CTIMEFORCIP_SWITCH,
PERFENH_IS_TIMEOUT_TR
IG_DRD_SWITCH,
PERFENH_CELL_CACLOAD
_BROADCAST_AMEND,
PERFENH_MBDR_TARCELL
SEL_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RRC_DRD_PRE
ADMISSION_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_RE
DIR_SWITCH,
PERFENH_L2U_CSFB_COM
MCALL_SWITCH,
PERFENH_DLBLINDDETEC
T_WHEN_ONLYSRBONDCH
,
PERFENH_DLBLINDDETEC

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-64

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


T_WHEN_SRBAMRONDCH,
PERFENH_R6_HSUPA_TTI_
10MSTO2MS_LIMIT
Unit:None
Default
Value:PERFENH_AMR_SPE
C_BR_SWITCH-1&PERFEN
H_AMR_TMPLT_SWITCH-1&
PERFENH_SRB_TMPLT_SW
ITCH-1&PERFENH_OLPC_T
MPLT_SWITCH-1&PERFEN
H_AMR_SP_TMPLT_SWITC
H-1&PERFENH_INTRAFRE
Q_MC_TMPLT_SWITCH-1&P
ERFENH_INTERRAT_PENAL
TY_50_SWITCH-1&PERFEN
H_SRB_OVER_HSUPA_TTI1
0_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_HS
UPA_TTI2_ENHANCE_SWIT
CH-0&PERFENH_UU_P2D_
CUC_OPT_SWITCH-0&PER
FENH_RL_RECFG_SIR_CO
NSIDER_SWITCH-0&PERFE
NH_RRC_REDIR_PROTECT
_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_H2F
_OPT_SWITCH-0&PERFEN
H_PSTRAFFIC_P2H_SWITC
H-0&PERFENH_VIP_USER_
PCHR_MR_SWITCH-0&PER
FENH_TX_INTERRUPT_AFT
_TRIG_SWITCH-0&PERFEN
H_HSUPA_TTI_RECFG_PR
OC_OPT_SWITCH-0&PERF
ENH_DOWNLOAD_ENHANC
E_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_O
LPC_BLER_COEF_ADJUST1&PERFENH_EMG_AGPS_
MC_DELAY_SWITCH-0&PE
RFENH_MULTI_RLS_CQI_P
ARA_OPT_SWITCH-0&PER
FENH_RELOC_IE_CALCTIM
EFORCIP_SWITCH-0&PERF
ENH_IS_TIMEOUT_TRIG_D
RD_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_
CELL_CACLOAD_BROADC
AST_AMEND-1&PERFENH_
MBDR_TARCELLSEL_OPT_
SWITCH-0&PERFENH_RRC
_DRD_PREADMISSION_SW
ITCH0&PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-65

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


REDIR_SWITCH0&PERFENH_L2U_CSFB_C
OMMCALL_SWITCH0&PERFENH_DLBLINDDET
ECT_WHEN_ONLYSRBOND
CH0&PERFENH_DLBLINDDET
ECT_WHEN_SRBAMRONDC
H0&PERFENH_R6_HSUPA_T
TI_10MSTO2MS_LIMIT-0

PerfEnhanceS BSC6900 SET UNBMPARA WRFD-020 Admission


witch
101
Control
WRFD-020 Measurement
402
Based Direct
Retry
WRFD-010
612
HSUPA
Introduction
Package

Meaning:1.
PERFENH_R99_BRDCSTHS
PA_SWITCH(R99CellBroadca
stHspaCapSwitch): When this
switch is turned on, R99 cells
broadcast HSPA capability of
neighboring cells in a system
information message.
2.
PERFENH_FACH_USER_NU
M_SWITCH(Fach User Select
Switch): This switch is
configurable in the current
version.The BSC6900,
however,does not use this
switch any longer.Later
versions will not support this
switch.Therefore,users are
not advised to use this switch.
3.
PERFENH_MBDR_LOADCO
ND_OPT_SWITCH(Optimize
d MBDR Load Calculation
Algorithm Switch): When this
switch is turned on, the DL
transmit power in a cell is
calculated using the following
formula:Percentage of the DL
transmit power in a cell =
Percentage of the non-HSPA
transmit power + Percentage
of the HSDPA guaranteed bit
power (GBP) + Reserved
power coefficient for DL
common channels +
Reserved power factor for DL
MBMS services + Reserved
power factor for DL HSUPA
users.If UL or DL load in a
neighboring cell exceeds the

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-66

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


value of
InterFreqUlMbdrTrigThreshol
d or
InterFreqDlMbdrTrigThreshol
d (in the ADD
UCELLMBDRINTERFREQ
command), handover to this
neighboring cell cannot be
performed. When this switch
is turned off, the percentage
of the HSDPA GBP is not
considered during the
calculation of the DL transmit
power in a cell, and the
original algorithm is used for
selecting a neighboring cell
using MBDR.
4.
PERFENH_CALALGO_FOR_
HSUPAENU_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to optimize the
calculation results of
equivalent HSUPA UEs.
When this switch is turned on,
the optimized calculation
results can accurately reflect
the uplink cell load.
5.
PERFENH_HSUPA_CCH_PR
EEMPT_USER: Whether to
allow resource preemption of
common users for HSUPA
common channels to ensure
that the code resources are
allocated to the left.
6.
PERFENH_CE_RLS_ADM_O
PT_SWITCH: Whether to
activate the RLS CE-based
admission optimization
algorithm. When this switch is
turned on, a local cell group
consumes an RLS CE if
multiple RLs occupy more
than one local cell group, no
matter whether the UE uses
the DCH or EDCH under a
NodeB. When this switch is
turned off, all local cell groups
consume an RLS CE if
multiple RLs occupy more

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-67

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


than one local cell group, no
matter whether the UE uses
the DCH or EDCH under a
NodeB.
7.
PERFENH_DTCH_FACH_C
ONG_D2I_SWITCH: When
this switch is turned on and
DTCHs are congested, the
RNC transits UEs that are in
the CELL_DCH state and do
not process services to the
idle mode.
This parameter is an
advanced parameter. To
modify this parameter, contact
Huawei Customer Service
Center for technical support.
GUI Value
Range:PERFENH_R99_BRD
CSTHSPA_SWITCH,
PERFENH_FACH_USER_NU
M_SWITCH,
PERFENH_MBDR_LOADCO
ND_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_CALALGO_FOR_
HSUPAENU_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HSUPA_CCH_PR
EEMPT_USER,
PERFENH_CE_RLS_ADM_O
PT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_DTCH_FACH_C
ONG_D2I_SWITCH
Actual Value
Range:PERFENH_R99_BRD
CSTHSPA_SWITCH,
PERFENH_FACH_USER_NU
M_SWITCH,
PERFENH_MBDR_LOADCO
ND_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_CALALGO_FOR_
HSUPAENU_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HSUPA_CCH_PR
EEMPT_USER,
PERFENH_CE_RLS_ADM_O
PT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_DTCH_FACH_C
ONG_D2I_SWITCH

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-68

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


Unit:None
Default
Value:PERFENH_R99_BRDC
STHSPA_SWITCH-0&PERFE
NH_FACH_USER_NUM_SWI
TCH-0&PERFENH_MBDR_L
OADCOND_OPT_SWITCH-0
&PERFENH_CALALGO_FO
R_HSUPAENU_OPT_SWITC
H-0&PERFENH_HSUPA_CC
H_PREEMPT_USER1&PERFENH_CE_RLS_ADM
_OPT_SWITCH0&PERFENH_DTCH_FACH_
CONG_D2I_SWITCH-0

PROCESSSW BSC6900 SET


WRFD-010
ITCH2
URRCTRLSWITC 101
H
WRFD-140
224

3GPP R9
Specifications

Meaning:1)
LOAD_IRAT_HO_RNC_FILL_
TL (Cell Load Information TL
Input Switch)

Fast CS
Fallback Based
on RIM
During inter-RAT handovers
from 3G cells to 2G cells, the
BSC6900 can records
information about load on 3G
cells in the RELOCATION
REQUIRED container in the
Tag Length Value (TLV)
format.

When the switch is turned on,


the BSC6900 records the Tag
Length in the container.
When the switch is turned off,
the BSC6900 does not record
the Tag Length.
2)
SEND_IDT_JUDGE_IU_RES
ET (Switch for Transferring
INITIAL UE Messages in the
IU Reset State)
When the switch is turned on,
the BSC6900 discards the
INITIAL UE message from a
CN node if the Iu interface is
in the reset state.
When the switch is turned off,
the BSC6900 handles the
INITIAL UE message from a
CN node if the Iu interface is

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-69

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


in the reset state.
3)
RNC_RBRECFG_DRD_FAIL
_ROLLBACK_SWITCH (RB
Reconfiguration DRD
Rollback Switch)
When the switch is turned on,
the BSC6900 supports
rollback caused by failed
directed retry decisions
(DRDs) of RB reconfiguration.
When the switch is turned off,
the BSC6900 does not
support rollback caused by
failed DRDs of RB
reconfiguration.
4)
RNC_CS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_
SWITCH (CS IMEI Request
Switch)
When this switch is turned on,
the BSC6900 rather than the
CN sends an IDENTITY
REQUEST message to obtain
the international mobile
equipment identity (IMEI) of a
UE. Note: When the CN
checks the serial number of
direct transfer messages and
the
SEND_MSG_NULL_SWITCH
switch is turned off, turning on
this switch leads to
inconsistency in the serial
number of direct transfer
messages between the CN
and the UE. This causes CS
service setup failures.
Therefore, you are not
advised to turn on this switch.
Before turning on this switch,
test the interworking between
the BSC6900 and the CN. If
the CN checks the serial
number of direct transfer
messages, turn on
SEND_MSG_NULL_SWITCH
under "PROCESSSWITCH4"
in the "SET
URRCTRLSWITCH"

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-70

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


command.
When the switch is turned off,
the BSC6900 does not send
an IDENTITY REQUEST
message to obtain the IMEI of
a UE.
5)
RNC_PS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_
SWITCH (PS IMEI Request
Switch)
When the switch is turned on,
the BSC6900, rather than the
CN, sends an IDENTITY
REQUEST message to obtain
the IMEI of a UE.
When the switch is turned off,
the BSC6900 does not send
an IDENTITY REQUEST
message to obtain the IMEI of
a UE.
6)
FACH_DTCH_CONGEST_P2
D (P2D Switch for Congested
FACH or DTCH)
When the switch is turned on,
UEs using PS services trigger
the
CELL_PCH-to-CELL_DCH
procedure (P2D procedure for
short) on a congested FACH
or DTCH.
When the switch is turned off,
UEs using PS services do not
trigger the P2D procedure on
a congested FACH or DTCH.
7)
RNC_RBSETUP_DRD_FAIL_
ROLLBACK_SWITCH (RB
Establishment DRD Rollback
Switch)
When the switch is turned on,
the BSC6900 supports
rollback caused by failed
DRDs of RB establishment.
When the switch is turned off,
the BSC6900 does not
support rollback caused by

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-71

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


failed DRDs of RB
establishment.
8)
PS_NOTIFYCN_NOTDOWN
SIZE_SWITCH (Switch for
Not Triggering Rate Reduction
Negotiation Between the CN
and the RNC After a PS
Service Access Failure)
When the switch is turned on,
the access rate is not
negotiated between the
BSC6900 and the CN if a PS
service fails to be admitted.
When the switch is turned off,
the access rate is negotiated
between the BSC6900 and
the CN if a PS service fails to
be admitted.
9)
ASU_RSP_TIMEOUT_HAND
LE_SWITCH (Switch for
Performing the Optimized
Soft-Handover Timeout
Procedure)
When the switch is turned on,
the RNC considers that it has
received an ACTIVE SET
UPDATE COMPLETE
message during soft handover
procedure after the message
has expired.
When the switch is turned off,
RABs are directly released
during soft handover
procedure after the ACTIVE
SET UPDATE COMPLETE
message has expired.
10)
RB_RECFG_USER_INACT_
SWITCH (Switch for
Performing the Optimized
RRC Connection Release
Procedure with No Data
Transmitted on the UE upon
UE State Transition Timeout)
When the switch is turned on,
the RNC initiated the release

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-72

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


process with the cause of user
inactive when the UE have no
data to transmit.
When the switch is turned off,
the RNC initiated the release
process with other causes
when the UE have no data to
transmit.
11)
RRC_SCRI_NORM_REL_S
WITCH (Switch for Performing
the Optimized RRC
Connection Release
Procedure on Receipt of a
SIGNALLING CONNECTION
RELEASE INDICATION
Message)
When the switch is turned on,
the RNC initiated the normal
release process after receive
SIGNALLING CONNECTION
RELEASE INDICATION
message from UE.
When the switch is turned off,
the RNC does not handle
SIGNALLING CONNECTION
RELEASE INDICATION
message during the process.
12)
CELLUPT_RLFAILURE_SRB
REESTAB_SWITCH (Switch
for SRB Reestablishment
During a Cell Update with the
Cause Value of RL Failure)
When the switch is turned on,
SRBs are reestablished
during cell update procedure
with the "RL Failure" cause
value.
When the switch is turned off,
SRBs are not reestablished
during cell update procedure
with the "RL Failure" cause
value.
13)
CU_OVERLAP_DSCR_SWIT
CH (Switch for Performing the
Optimized Procedure for

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-73

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


Concurrent RB and Cell
Update, Hard handover, or
DRD)
When the switch is turned on,
the DSCR procedure is
performed if RNC can not
handles different processes
performed simultaneously.
When the switch is turned
off,the DSCR procedure is not
performed in this scenes.
14)
TRB_RST_DSCR_SWITCH
(Switch for Performing the
Optimized TRB Reset
Procedure for PS BE
Services)
When the switch is turned on,
the DSCR procedure is
performed if a Layer 2 data
transmission error occurs.
When the switch is turned off,
the DSCR procedure is not
performed if a Layer 2 data
transmission error occurs.
15)
RNC_FD_SCRI_FORCE_RE
L_SWITCH (Signaling
Connection Release Switch
for UEs Supporting Fast
Dormancy)
When the switch is turned on,
if the BSC6900 receives a
SIGNALING CONNECTION
RELEASE INDICATION from
UE with the cause of "UE
Requested PS Data session
end", the BSC6900 triggers
the state transition for the UE.
Otherwise, the BSC6900
releases the signaling
connection.
When the switch is turned off,
if the BSC6900 receives a
SIGNALING CONNECTION
RELEASE INDICATION from
UE, the BSC6900 triggers the

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-74

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


state transition for the UE.
16)
USRPLN_PRORATION_SHA
RED_ALO (Algorithm Switch
for Inter-Subrack Load
Sharing on the User Plane)
When the switch is turned on,
load sharing can be
performed based on the ratio
of available user plane
resources to total user plane
resources in a subrack.
When the switch is turned off,
load sharing cannot be
performed based on the ratio
of available user plane
resources to total user plane
resources in a subrack.
17)
FP_IUUP_TRACE_SWITCH
(Switch for Tracing UEs
Failing in FP Synchronization)
When the switch is turned on,
UEs using FP or Iu UP can be
traced in terms of data
streams.
When the switch is turned off,
UEs using FP or Iu UP cannot
be traced in terms of data
streams.
18)
RNC_PCHR_OUTPUT_CTR
L_SWITCH (Switch for
Reducing PCHR Log
Information for Normal
Procedure)
The switch
RNC_PCHR_OUTPUT_CTR
L_SWITCH controls whether
the BSC6900 reduces
information recorded in a
PCHR log for a normal
procedure.
When this switch is turned on,
the BSC6900 reduces
information in a performance
call history record (PCHR) log

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-75

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


recorded during a normal
procedure and reports only
the following information
blocks:
-RRC_RELEASE
-CS_RAB_SETUP
-PS_RAB_SETUP
-CS_RAB_REL
-PS_RAB_REL
-SHO
-SYS_HO_OUT
-INTRA_FREQ_NET_OPT
-STAT
-CS_RAB_QUALITY_STAT
-PS_RAB_QUALITY_STAT
A procedure is abnormal only
when either of the following
conditions is met:
-The RRC connection setup
fails.
-The RAB setup fails.
-The RAB is abnormally
released.
-The value of the information
element (IE) NAS-PDU
contained in a DIRECT
TRANSFER message is
ATTACH REJECT, RAU
REJECT, or LAU REJECT.
If this switch is turned off, the
BSC6900 does not reduce
information recorded in a
PCHR log.
19) DTMF_SWITCH (DTMF
Switch)
When the switch is turned on,
the BSC6900 starts tracing
after receiving a special
RANAP_DIRECT_TRANSFE
R message from a UE.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-76

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


When the switch is turned off,
the BSC6900 does not start
tracing after receiving a
special
RANAP_DIRECT_TRANSFE
R message from a UE.
20)
FAST_CS_FB_BASEDON_RI
M_SWITCH (Switch for fast
CSFB based on RIM)
When the switch is turned off,
the BSC6900 supports fast
CSFB(CS fallback) based on
RIM.
When the switch is turned on,
the BSC6900 does not
support fast CSFB(CS
fallback) based on RIM.
GUI Value
Range:LOAD_IRAT_HO_RN
C_FILL_TL,
SEND_IDT_JUDGE_IU_RES
ET,
RNC_RBRECFG_DRD_FAIL
_ROLLBACK_SWITCH,
RNC_CS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_
SWITCH,
RNC_PS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_
SWITCH,
FACH_DTCH_CONGEST_P2
D,
RNC_RBSETUP_DRD_FAIL_
ROLLBACK_SWITCH,
PS_NOTIFYCN_NOTDOWN
SIZE_SWITCH,
ASU_RSP_TIMEOUT_HAND
LE_SWITCH,
RB_RECFG_USER_INACT_
SWITCH,
RRC_SCRI_NORM_REL_S
WITCH,
CELLUPT_RLFAILURE_SRB
REESTAB_SWITCH,
CU_OVERLAP_DSCR_SWIT
CH,
TRB_RST_DSCR_SWITCH,
RNC_FD_SCRI_FORCE_RE
L_SWITCH,
USRPLN_PRORATION_SHA
RED_ALO,
FP_IUUP_TRACE_SWITCH,

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-77

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


RNC_PCHR_OUTPUT_CTR
L_SWITCH, DTMF_SWITCH,
FAST_CS_FB_BASEDON_RI
M_SWITCH
Actual Value
Range:LOAD_IRAT_HO_RN
C_FILL_TL,
SEND_IDT_JUDGE_IU_RES
ET,
RNC_RBRECFG_DRD_FAIL
_ROLLBACK_SWITCH,
RNC_CS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_
SWITCH,
RNC_PS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_
SWITCH,
FACH_DTCH_CONGEST_P2
D,
RNC_RBSETUP_DRD_FAIL_
ROLLBACK_SWITCH,
PS_NOTIFYCN_NOTDOWN
SIZE_SWITCH,
ASU_RSP_TIMEOUT_HAND
LE_SWITCH,
RB_RECFG_USER_INACT_
SWITCH,
RRC_SCRI_NORM_REL_S
WITCH,
CELLUPT_RLFAILURE_SRB
REESTAB_SWITCH,
CU_OVERLAP_DSCR_SWIT
CH,
TRB_RST_DSCR_SWITCH,
RNC_FD_SCRI_FORCE_RE
L_SWITCH,
USRPLN_PRORATION_SHA
RED_ALO,
FP_IUUP_TRACE_SWITCH,
RNC_PCHR_OUTPUT_CTR
L_SWITCH, DTMF_SWITCH,
FAST_CS_FB_BASEDON_RI
M_SWITCH
Unit:None
Default
Value:LOAD_IRAT_HO_RNC
_FILL_TL-0&SEND_IDT_JUD
GE_IU_RESET-0&RNC_RBR
ECFG_DRD_FAIL_ROLLBAC
K_SWITCH-0&RNC_CS_QU
ERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH-0&R
NC_PS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_S
WITCH-0&FACH_DTCH_CO

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-78

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


NGEST_P2D-0&RNC_RBSE
TUP_DRD_FAIL_ROLLBACK
_SWITCH-0&PS_NOTIFYCN
_NOTDOWNSIZE_SWITCH0&ASU_RSP_TIMEOUT_HA
NDLE_SWITCH-0&RB_REC
FG_USER_INACT_SWITCH0&RRC_SCRI_NORM_REL_
SWITCH-0&CELLUPT_RLFAI
LURE_SRBREESTAB_SWIT
CH-0&CU_OVERLAP_DSCR
_SWITCH-0&TRB_RST_DSC
R_SWITCH-0&RNC_FD_SC
RI_FORCE_REL_SWITCH-0
&USRPLN_PRORATION_SH
ARED_ALO-0&FP_IUUP_TR
ACE_SWITCH-1&RNC_PCH
R_OUTPUT_CTRL_SWITCH1&DTMF_SWITCH-1&FAST_
CS_FB_BASEDON_RIM_SW
ITCH-1

PROCESSSW BSC6900 SET


WRFD-010
ITCH3
URRCTRLSWITC 101
H
WRFD-010
801

3GPP R9
Specifications

Meaning:1)
FACH_DCCH_CONG_CTRL
_SWITCH (Congestion
Intra RNC Cell Control Switch for FACH or
Update
DCCH)

WRFD-010 Inter RNC Cell When the switch is turned on,


802
Update
the BSC6900 restricts the P2F
WRFD-020 PS Handover or
30802
Between UMTS CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH
(F2D for short) procedure
and GPRS
WRFD-010
triggered by heavy PS traffic.
202
UE State in
When the switch is turned off,
Connected
the BSC6900 does not restrict
Mode
the P2F or F2D procedure
(CELL-DCH,
triggered by heavy PS traffic.
CELL-PCH,
URA-PCH,
2)
CELL-FACH)
RNC_F2D_RLC_SUSPEND_
SWITCH (RLC Suspension
Switch for Event 4A)
When the switch is turned on,
the BSC6900 triggers RLC
suspension during the F2D
procedure for a UE, and it
resumes RLC transmission
after the BSC6900 receives
an RB RECONFIGURATION
COMPLETE message or after
the UE rolls back to the

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-79

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


CELL_FACH state.
When the switch is turned off,
the BSC6900 does not trigger
RLC suspension during the
F2D procedure for a UE, and
it resumes RLC transmission
after the BSC6900 receives
an RB RECONFIGURATION
COMPLETE message or after
the UE rolls back to the
CELL_FACH state.
3)
UM_RRCRELCMP_RLDEL_
DELAY_SWITCH (RL
Deletion Delay Switch for
RRC CONNECTION
RELEASE COMPLETE
Messages)
When the switch is turned on,
the BSC6900 starts the timer
for radio link deletion if it
receives an RRC
CONNECTION RELEASE
COMPLETE message. After
the timer has expired, the
BSC6900 restarts to delete
radio links.
When the switch is turned off,
the BSC6900 immediately
starts to delete radio links if it
receives an RRC
CONNECTION RELEASE
COMPLETE message.
4)
RNC_TVM_BASED_P2D_S
WITCH (TVM-based P2D
Switch)
When the switch is turned on,
for UEs in the CELL_PCH
state, the BSC6900 triggers
the P2D procedure if the
BSC6900 receives from a UE
a cell update message in
which the value of the IE
"Traffic volume indicator" is
TRUE, or if the dynamic traffic
volume measured on the CN
meets a specified threshold.
When the switch is turned off,

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-80

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


the BSC6900 does not trigger
the P2D procedure based on
the value of the IE "Traffic
volume indicator" or on the
dynamic traffic volume
measured on the CN.
5)
CS_RLFAIL_RRCSETUP_ST
AT_SWITCH (Measurement
Switch for Released CS
Services of UEs Resending
RRC Connection Requests
Caused by RL
Synchronization Loss)
When the switch is turned on,
if radio links for a UE
experience synchronization
loss on the network side and
the UE has released its RRC
connection and resends an
RRC connection request, the
resulting CS services
released are considered call
drops.
When the switch is turned off,
if radio links for a UE
experience synchronization
loss on the network side and
the UE has released its RRC
connection and resends an
RRC connection request, the
resulting CS services
released are not considered
call drops.
6)
PS_INACT_NOTREL_FOR_
CSPS_SWITCH (Switch for
Not Releasing PS RABs After
Timeout)
When this switch is turned on,
the BSC6900 does not
release PS RABs for inactive
UEs that use combined CS
and PS services (CS+xPS)
after the PS user inactivity
timer has expired. CS+xPS
refers to one CS session and
one or more PS sessions.
When this switch is turned off,

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-81

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


the BSC6900 releases PS
RABs for inactive UEs that
use combined CS and PS
services (CS+xPS) after the
PS user inactivity timer has
expired.
7)
CS_CALL_DROP_DEFINITI
ON (CS Call Drop Calculation
Switch)
When this switch is turned on,
the BSC6900 regards a circuit
switched (CS) service release
as a call drop while taking
statistics under the following
conditions:
The BSC6900 releases a CS
service.
The BSC6900 receives an IU
RELEASE COMMAND
message with the cause value
NORMAL from the CS core
network (CN).
When this switch is turned off,
the BSC6900 regards a CS
service release as normal
while taking statistics under
the preceding conditions.
8)
PS_CALL_DROP_DEFINITIO
N (PS Call Drop Calculation
Switch)
When this switch is turned on,
the BSC6900 regards a
packet switched (PS) service
release as a call drop while
taking statistics under the
following conditions:
The BSC6900 releases a PS
service.
The BSC6900 receives an IU
RELEASE COMMAND
message with the cause value
NORMAL from the PS CN.
When this switch is turned off,
the BSC6900 regards a PS
service release as normal

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-82

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


while taking statistics under
the preceding conditions.
9) RNC_U2U_SWITCH
(Switch for Resuming the
URA_PCH State with the
cause value of Re-entered
Service Area)
When the switch is turned on,
the BSC6900 instructs a UE
to resume the URA_PCH
state, upon receiving a CELL
UPDATE message with the
cause value of Re-entered
Service Area.
When the switch is turned off,
the BSC6900 instructs a UE
to move from the URA_PCH
to CELL_FACH state, upon
receiving a CELL UPDATE
message with the cause value
of Re-entered Service Area.
10)
INTERRAT2U_RESUME_PS
_ASAP_SWITCH (Switch for
Restoring PS Services ASAP
During an Incoming Inter-RAT
Handover)
When this switch is turned on,
the BSC6900 resumes PS
data transmission after
receiving a Handover to
UTRAN Complete message.
When this switch is turned off,
the BSC6900 resumes PS
data transmission after
receiving a UTRAN Mobility
Information Confirm message.
11)
UE_TRB_RESET_IOT_SWIT
CH (Switch for Waiting for the
UE's Response After a TRB
Reset)
When this switch is turned on,
after a UE in the CELL_FACH
state sends a CELL UPDATE
message with the cause value
of TRB reset to the BSC6900,
the BSC6900 performs the

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-83

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


following procedure:The
BSC6900 sends a CELL
UPDATE CONFIRM message
containing physical layer
information to instruct the UE
to respond.The BSC6900
waits for the UE to send a
response message. If the
BSC6900 does not receive
the message before a timer
expires, the BSC6900 sends
an RRC RELEASE message
to the UE.The UE will respond
with one of the following
messages:UTRAN MOBILITY
INFORMATION
CONFIRM,PHYSICAL
CHANNEL
RECONFIGURATION
COMPLETE,TRANSPORT
CHANNEL
RECONFIGURATION
COMPLETE,RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION
COMPLETE,RADIO BEARER
RELEASE COMPLETE.
When this switch is turned off,
after a UE in the CELL_FACH
state sends a CELL UPDATE
message with the cause value
of TRB reset to the BSC6900,
the BSC6900 does not wait
for the UE to send a response
message. Instead, the
BSC6900 performs the
normal procedure.
12)
CUC_CMP_NO_ACTIVE_CF
N_SWITCH(No CFN in CELL
UPDATE CONFIRM
Response)
When this switch is turned on,
the RNC does not release the
connection for the UE
performing CS services in the
CELL_DCH state if the UE
does not put the radio bearer
activation time information
element (IE) in the response
to a CELL UPDATE
CONFIRM message.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-84

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


When this switch is turned off,
the RNC releases the
connection for the UE
performing CS services in the
CELL_DCH state if the UE
does not put the radio bearer
activation time IE in the
response to a CELL UPDATE
CONFIRM message.
13)
RAB_DL_BITRATE_MOD_S
WITCH(Switch of DL RAB Bit
Rate Changed by RNC)
When this switch is turned on,
the RNC changes the PS
downlink RAB bit rate to a
value specified by
"RabDLBitrate".
When this switch is turned off,
the RNC does not change the
PS downlink RAB bit rate
assigned by the CN.
14)
RAB_WAIT_IUUP_INIT_RES
PONSE_SWITCH(Response
After IUUP Initialization During
RAB Setup Switch)
When this switch is turned on,
the RNC sends an RAB
assignment response
message to the CN during the
RAB setup procedure only
after the IUUP initialization
procedure has been
completed.
When this switch is turned off,
the RNC sends an RAB
assignment response
message to the CN
regardless of whether the
IUUP initialization procedure
is complete.
15)
RNC_RDY_FOR_INTERRAT
_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH
(Compatibility Switch for
Relocations from LTE/GSM to
UMTS When RNC Pool Is

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-85

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


Enabled)
When this switch is turned on
and a UE is handed over from
an eNodeB to a NodeB
without control rights in an
RNC pool, the BSC6900
performs as follows:
(1)Upon receiving an
LTE/GSM incoming relocation
message, the BSC6900
sends a message containing
the failure cause value
IU_TIME_CRITI_RELOC.
(2)After the eNodeB initiates a
RIM procedure for obtaining
the system information about
the cell where a UE camps on,
the BSC6900 sends back a
message containing the cell
ID and the ID of the BSC6900
with the NodeB control rights.
When this switch is turned off
and a UE is handed over from
an eNodeB to a NodeB
without control rights in an
RNC pool, the BSC6900
performs as follows:
(1)Upon receiving an
LTE/GSM incoming relocation
message, the BSC6900
sends a message containing a
failure cause value, which is
the same as that used when a
cell is unavailable.
This parameter is an
advanced parameter. To
modify this parameter, contact
Huawei Customer Service
Center for technical support.
GUI Value
Range:FACH_DCCH_CONG
_CTRL_SWITCH,
RNC_F2D_RLC_SUSPEND_
SWITCH,
UM_RRCRELCMP_RLDEL_
DELAY_SWITCH,
RNC_TVM_BASED_P2D_S
WITCH,
CS_RLFAIL_RRCSETUP_ST

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-86

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


AT_SWITCH,
PS_INACT_NOTREL_FOR_
CSPS_SWITCH,
RAB_DL_BITRATE_MOD_S
WITCH,
RAB_WAIT_IUUP_INIT_RES
PONSE_SWITCH,
CS_CALL_DROP_DEFINITI
ON,
PS_CALL_DROP_DEFINITIO
N, RNC_U2U_SWITCH,
INTERRAT2U_RESUME_PS
_ASAP_SWITCH,
UE_TRB_RESET_IOT_SWIT
CH,
CUC_CMP_NO_ACTIVE_CF
N_SWITCH,
RNC_RDY_FOR_INTERRAT
_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH
Actual Value
Range:FACH_DCCH_CONG
_CTRL_SWITCH,
RNC_F2D_RLC_SUSPEND_
SWITCH,
UM_RRCRELCMP_RLDEL_
DELAY_SWITCH,
RNC_TVM_BASED_P2D_S
WITCH,
CS_RLFAIL_RRCSETUP_ST
AT_SWITCH,
PS_INACT_NOTREL_FOR_
CSPS_SWITCH,
RAB_DL_BITRATE_MOD_S
WITCH,
RAB_WAIT_IUUP_INIT_RES
PONSE_SWITCH,
CS_CALL_DROP_DEFINITI
ON,
PS_CALL_DROP_DEFINITIO
N, RNC_U2U_SWITCH,
INTERRAT2U_RESUME_PS
_ASAP_SWITCH,
UE_TRB_RESET_IOT_SWIT
CH,
CUC_CMP_NO_ACTIVE_CF
N_SWITCH,
RNC_RDY_FOR_INTERRAT
_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH
Unit:None
Default
Value:FACH_DCCH_CONG_

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-87

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


CTRL_SWITCH-0&RNC_F2D
_RLC_SUSPEND_SWITCH-0
&UM_RRCRELCMP_RLDEL
_DELAY_SWITCH-0&RNC_T
VM_BASED_P2D_SWITCH-0
&CS_RLFAIL_RRCSETUP_S
TAT_SWITCH-0&PS_INACT_
NOTREL_FOR_CSPS_SWIT
CH-0&RAB_DL_BITRATE_M
OD_SWITCH-0&RAB_WAIT_
IUUP_INIT_RESPONSE_SW
ITCH-0&CS_CALL_DROP_D
EFINITION-0&PS_CALL_DR
OP_DEFINITION-0&RNC_U2
U_SWITCH-0&INTERRAT2U
_RESUME_PS_ASAP_SWIT
CH-0&UE_TRB_RESET_IOT
_SWITCH-0&CUC_CMP_NO
_ACTIVE_CFN_SWITCH-0&
RNC_RDY_FOR_INTERRAT
_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH-0

RegByFachSw BSC6900 SET


WRFD-040 Flow Control
itch
UCALLSHOCKC 100
TRL

Meaning:The parameter
specifies whether to set up
RRC connection for
registration on the FACH
instead of on the DCH in the
call shock.
When ON is selected,
BSC6900 will perform flow
control at cell level or NodeB
level, the RRC connection for
registration is set up on the
FACH instead of on the DCH.
When OFF is selected, the
channel setup strategy of
RRC connection request for
registration can be set by
running the SET
URRCESTCAUSE command.
GUI Value Range:OFF, ON
Actual Value Range:OFF, ON
Unit:None
Default Value:ON

RejectKPICTH BSC6900 ADD


WRFD-020 Inter Frequency Meaning:Threshold for
D
UCELLFCALGOP 103
Load Balance triggering the cell-level
ARA
dynamic CAPS flow control
algorithm based on the ratio of
Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-88

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


MOD
UCELLFCALGOP
ARA

RRC connection setup


failures.
GUI Value Range:0~100
Actual Value Range:0~100
Unit:%
Default Value:20

RejectKPIRTH BSC6900 ADD


WRFD-020 Inter Frequency Meaning:Threshold for
D
UCELLFCALGOP 103
Load Balance stopping the cell-level
ARA
dynamic CAPS flow control
algorithm based on the ratio of
MOD
RRC connection setup
UCELLFCALGOP
failures.
ARA
GUI Value Range:0~100
Actual Value Range:0~100
Unit:%
Default Value:10
ReservedSwitc BSC6900 SET
WRFD-020
h0
UCORRMALGOS 40001
WITCH
WRFD-021
400

Meaning:1.
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
2: When the switch is set to
Direct Signaling ON, only uplink RLC or
Connection
downlink RLC can be
Re-establishme re-established during the state
WRFD-020 nt (DSCR)
transition from CELL_FACH to
203
Inter RNC Soft CELL_DCH (F2D for short)
WRFD-021 Handover
and from CELL_PCH to
101
CELL_DCH (P2D for short).
Dynamic
WRFD-010 Channel
2.
613
Configuration RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
3: When the switch is set to
WRFD-020 Control (DCCC) ON, signaling radio bearers
701
AMR-WB
(SRBs) cannot be changed
(Adaptive Multi from DCHs to HSPA channels
Rate Wide
(including the channel change
Band)
from DCH to E-DCH in the
uplink and from DCH to
AMR/WB-AMR HS-DSCH in the downlink)
Speech Rates during directed retry.
Control
3.
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
4: When the switch is turned
on, the BSC6900 does not
consider whether the cell is
congested during AMR
service establishment. That is,

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Intra System
Direct Retry

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-89

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


parameters are set on the
precondition that the cell is not
congested. This prevents
inconsistency in uplink and
downlink AMR modes.
4.
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
5: When the switch is set to
ON, the BSC6900 establishes
the BE service of a UE on R99
channels instead of on
HSUPA channels if the uplink
coverage of the UE is limited.
The BSC6900 determines
whether the uplink coverage
of a UE is limited on the basis
of the Ec/N0 reported by the
UE during RRC connection
establishment.
5.
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
6: When the switch is set to
ON, the directed retry
algorithm based on downlink
load balance is enabled.
When the switch is set to OFF,
this algorithm is disabled. This
algorithm is an optimization of
the original downlink load
balance algorithm.
6.
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
7: When the switch is set to
ON, BE services that are
already established on
E-DCHs can be
re-established on DCHs due
to insufficient coverage.
7.
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
8: When the switch is turned
on, D2F state transition is
allowed regardless of whether
the CCCH exists on the Iur
interface. If D2F state
transition fails, DSCR is
triggered. When the switch is
turned off, the BSC6900
needs to determine whether
the CCCH exists on the Iur
interface before determining

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-90

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


whether to trigger D2F state
transition.
8.
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
9: When the switch is set to
ON, the uplink 0 kbit/s
transport format of subflow A
of an AMR service (WB AMR
service or NB AMR service) is
0*TbSize. When the switch is
set to OFF, the uplink 0 kbit/s
transport format of subflow A
of an AMR service is 1*0.
9.
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
10: When the switch is turned
on, multiple cross-Iur radio
links (RLs) belonging to the
same BSC6900 can be added
simultaneously. If an RL fails
to be added with the failure
cause of
RadioNetwork:unspecified
(14), the BSC6900 attempts to
reestablish the RL for only
once.
10.
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
11: Whether to allow PS
services in combined services
to be carried over the DCH in
the uplink. When this switch is
turned on, PS services in
combined services can be
carried only over the DCH in
the uplink. When this switch is
turned off, an uplink channel
can be selected by running
the "SET
UFRCCHLTYPEPARA"
command.
11.
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
14: Whether a PS BE service
is limited to 0 kbit/s on the
DCH after a UE that has the
PS BE service performs a
CELL_PCH/URA_PCH-to-CE
LL_DCH (P2D for short) state
transition triggered by a CS
service. When this switch is

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-91

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


turned on, the PS BE service
is limited to 0 kbit/s on the
DCH after the UE performs a
P2D state transition. When
this switch is turned off, the
PS BE service is limited to 8
kbit/s on the DCH after the UE
performs a P2D state
transition. This switch is valid
only when
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
6 is set to 1. It is
recommended that
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
14 is set to 1 when
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
28 is set to 1.
12.
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
15: Whether to allow PS
services in combined services
to be carried over the DCH in
the downlink. When this
switch is turned on, PS
services in combined services
can be carried only over the
DCH in the downlink. When
this switch is turned off, a
downlink channel can be
selected by running the "SET
UFRCCHLTYPEPARA"
command.
13.
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
16: None.
14.
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
23: None.
15.
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
28: Whether a UE in the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH
state is allowed to set up a CS
service after performing a
CELL_PCH/URA_PCH-to-CE
LL_DCH (P2D for short) state
transition. When this switch is
turned on, the UE is allowed
to set up a CS service after
performing a P2D state
transition. When this switch is

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-92

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


turned off, the UE is allowed
to set up a CS service after
performing a
CELL_PCH/URA_PCH-to-CE
LL_FACH (P2F for short) state
transition. It is recommended
that
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
6 and
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
14 are set to 1 when
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
28 is set to 1.
16.
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
29: None.
17.RESERVED_SWITCH_0_
BIT32: Whether to enable the
function of H2F state
transition optimization for PTT
services. When this
parameter is set to 1, the 4A
measurement on traffic
volume or throughput is
added to the H2F state
transition mechanism, which
prevents UEs from state
transition to the CELL_FACH
when there is data to transfer.
Disuse statement: This
parameter is used temporarily
in patch versions and will be
replaced with a new
parameter in later versions.
The new parameter ID reflects
the parameter function.
Therefore, this parameter is
not recommended for the
configuration interface.
GUI Value
Range:RESERVED_SWITCH
_0_BIT1,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
2,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
3,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
4,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
5,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-93

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


6,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
7,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
8,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
9,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
10,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
11,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
12,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
13,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
14,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
15,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
16,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
17,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
18,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
19,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
20,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
21,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
22,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
23,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
24,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
25,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
26,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
27,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
28,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
29,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
30,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
31,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
32

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-94

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


Actual Value
Range:RESERVED_SWITCH
_0_BIT1,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
2,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
3,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
4,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
5,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
6,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
7,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
8,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
9,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
10,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
11,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
12,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
13,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
14,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
15,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
16,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
17,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
18,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
19,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
20,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
21,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
22,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
23,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
24,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
25,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
26,

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-95

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
27,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
28,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
29,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
30,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
31,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
32
Unit:None
Default
Value:RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT1-0&RESERVED_SWIT
CH_0_BIT2-0&RESERVED_
SWITCH_0_BIT3-0&RESERV
ED_SWITCH_0_BIT4-0&RES
ERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT5-0&
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
6-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0
_BIT7-0&RESERVED_SWIT
CH_0_BIT8-0&RESERVED_
SWITCH_0_BIT9-0&RESERV
ED_SWITCH_0_BIT10-0&RE
SERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT110&RESERVED_SWITCH_0_
BIT12-0&RESERVED_SWIT
CH_0_BIT13-0&RESERVED_
SWITCH_0_BIT14-0&RESER
VED_SWITCH_0_BIT15-0&R
ESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT1
6-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0
_BIT17-0&RESERVED_SWIT
CH_0_BIT18-0&RESERVED_
SWITCH_0_BIT19-0&RESER
VED_SWITCH_0_BIT20-0&R
ESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT2
1-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0
_BIT22-0&RESERVED_SWIT
CH_0_BIT23-0&RESERVED_
SWITCH_0_BIT24-0&RESER
VED_SWITCH_0_BIT25-0&R
ESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT2
6-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0
_BIT27-0&RESERVED_SWIT
CH_0_BIT28-0&RESERVED_
SWITCH_0_BIT29-0&RESER
VED_SWITCH_0_BIT30-0&R
ESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT3
1-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-96

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


_BIT32-0

None
ReservedSwitc BSC6900 SET
h0
UCORRMPARA

None

Meaning:CORRM algorithm
reserved switch 0. The switch
is reserved for further change
request use.
Disuse statement: This
parameter is used temporarily
in patch versions and will be
replaced with a new
parameter in later versions.
The new parameter ID reflects
the parameter function.
Therefore, this parameter is
not recommended for the
configuration interface.
GUI Value
Range:RESERVED_SWITCH
_0_BIT1,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
2,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
3,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
4,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
5,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
6,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
7,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
8,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
9,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
10,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
11,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
12,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
13,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
14,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
15,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
16,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
17,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-97

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


18,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
19,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
20,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
21,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
22,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
23,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
24,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
25,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
26,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
27,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
28,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
29,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
30,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
31,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
32
Actual Value
Range:RESERVED_SWITCH
_0_BIT1,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
2,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
3,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
4,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
5,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
6,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
7,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
8,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
9,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
10,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
11,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-98

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


12,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
13,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
14,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
15,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
16,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
17,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
18,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
19,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
20,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
21,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
22,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
23,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
24,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
25,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
26,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
27,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
28,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
29,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
30,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
31,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
32
Unit:None
Default
Value:RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT1-0&RESERVED_SWIT
CH_0_BIT2-0&RESERVED_
SWITCH_0_BIT3-0&RESERV
ED_SWITCH_0_BIT4-0&RES
ERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT5-0&
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
6-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0
_BIT7-0&RESERVED_SWIT

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-99

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


CH_0_BIT8-0&RESERVED_
SWITCH_0_BIT9-0&RESERV
ED_SWITCH_0_BIT10-0&RE
SERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT110&RESERVED_SWITCH_0_
BIT12-0&RESERVED_SWIT
CH_0_BIT13-0&RESERVED_
SWITCH_0_BIT14-0&RESER
VED_SWITCH_0_BIT15-0&R
ESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT1
6-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0
_BIT17-0&RESERVED_SWIT
CH_0_BIT18-0&RESERVED_
SWITCH_0_BIT19-0&RESER
VED_SWITCH_0_BIT20-0&R
ESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT2
1-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0
_BIT22-0&RESERVED_SWIT
CH_0_BIT23-0&RESERVED_
SWITCH_0_BIT24-0&RESER
VED_SWITCH_0_BIT25-0&R
ESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT2
6-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0
_BIT27-0&RESERVED_SWIT
CH_0_BIT28-0&RESERVED_
SWITCH_0_BIT29-0&RESER
VED_SWITCH_0_BIT30-0&R
ESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT3
1-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0
_BIT32-0

ReservedSwitc BSC6900 SET


WRFD-021 Dynamic
h1
UCORRMALGOS 101
Channel
WITCH
Configuration
Control (DCCC)

Meaning:1. CORRM algorithm


reserved switch 1. The switch
is reserved for further change
request use.
2.
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
1: When the switch is set to
ON, the "BSC6900" instructs
the cells involved in the active
set to report cell
synchronization information
by using an intra-frequency
measurement control
message. When the switch is
set to OFF, the "BSC6900
instructs the cells involved in
the active set not to report cell
synchronization information
by using an intra-frequency
measurement control
message. This avoids the

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-100

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


transmission of too large
measurement reports.
3.
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
2: When the switch is set to
ON, the intra-frequency
ReadSFNInd of a cell in
system information
SIB11/SIB12 is set to the fixed
value READ.
4.
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
6: Whether the PS BE service
rate is limited to a low level
after the UE transits from
CELL_PCH/URA_PCH to
CELL_DCH (P2D for short).
When the switch is turned on.
The PS BE service rate is
limited to a low level after
performing a P2D state
transition. When the switch is
turned off. The PS BE service
rate is not limited after
performing a P2D state
transition.
Disuse statement: This
parameter is used temporarily
in patch versions and will be
replaced with a new
parameter in later versions.
The new parameter ID reflects
the parameter function.
Therefore, this parameter is
not recommended for the
configuration interface.
GUI Value
Range:RESERVED_SWITCH
_1_BIT1,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
2,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
3,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
4,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
5,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
6,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
7,

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-101

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
8,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
9,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
10,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
11,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
12,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
13,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
14,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
15,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
16,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
17,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
18,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
19,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
20,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
21,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
22,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
23,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
24,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
25,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
26,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
27,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
28,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
29,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
30,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
31,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
32
Actual Value
Range:RESERVED_SWITCH
_1_BIT1,

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-102

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
2,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
3,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
4,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
5,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
6,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
7,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
8,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
9,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
10,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
11,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
12,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
13,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
14,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
15,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
16,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
17,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
18,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
19,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
20,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
21,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
22,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
23,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
24,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
25,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
26,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
27,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-103

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


28,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
29,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
30,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
31,
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
32
Unit:None
Default
Value:RESERVED_SWITCH_
1_BIT1-1&RESERVED_SWIT
CH_1_BIT2-1&RESERVED_
SWITCH_1_BIT3-1&RESERV
ED_SWITCH_1_BIT4-1&RES
ERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT5-1&
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
6-1&RESERVED_SWITCH_1
_BIT7-1&RESERVED_SWIT
CH_1_BIT8-1&RESERVED_
SWITCH_1_BIT9-1&RESERV
ED_SWITCH_1_BIT10-1&RE
SERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT111&RESERVED_SWITCH_1_
BIT12-1&RESERVED_SWIT
CH_1_BIT13-1&RESERVED_
SWITCH_1_BIT14-1&RESER
VED_SWITCH_1_BIT15-1&R
ESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT1
6-1&RESERVED_SWITCH_1
_BIT17-1&RESERVED_SWIT
CH_1_BIT18-1&RESERVED_
SWITCH_1_BIT19-1&RESER
VED_SWITCH_1_BIT20-1&R
ESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT2
1-1&RESERVED_SWITCH_1
_BIT22-1&RESERVED_SWIT
CH_1_BIT23-1&RESERVED_
SWITCH_1_BIT24-1&RESER
VED_SWITCH_1_BIT25-1&R
ESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT2
6-1&RESERVED_SWITCH_1
_BIT27-1&RESERVED_SWIT
CH_1_BIT28-1&RESERVED_
SWITCH_1_BIT29-1&RESER
VED_SWITCH_1_BIT30-1&R
ESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT3
1-1&RESERVED_SWITCH_1
_BIT32-1

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-104

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description

ReservedU32 BSC6900 SET


WRFD-021 Dynamic
Para1
UCORRMALGOS 101
Channel
WITCH
Configuration
Control (DCCC)

Meaning:CORRM algorithm
reserved U32 para 1. The
para of 32 bits is reserved for
further change request use.
Disuse statement: This
parameter is used temporarily
in patch versions and will be
replaced with a new
parameter in later versions.
The new parameter ID reflects
the parameter function.
Therefore, this parameter is
not recommended for the
configuration interface.
GUI Value
Range:0~4294967295
Actual Value
Range:0~4294967295
Unit:None
Default Value:4294967295

None
ReservedU8P BSC6900 SET
ara2
UCORRMPARA

None

Meaning:CORRM algorithm
reserved U8 para 2. The para
of 8 bits is reserved for further
change request use.
Disuse statement: This
parameter is used temporarily
in patch versions and will be
replaced with a new
parameter in later versions.
The new parameter ID reflects
the parameter function.
Therefore, this parameter is
not recommended for the
configuration interface.
GUI Value Range:0~255
Actual Value Range:0~255
Unit:None
Default Value:0

None
ReservedU8P BSC6900 SET
ara3
UCORRMPARA

None

Meaning:CORRM algorithm
reserved U8 para 3. The para
of 8 bits is reserved for further
change request use.
Disuse statement: This

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-105

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


parameter is used temporarily
in patch versions and will be
replaced with a new
parameter in later versions.
The new parameter ID reflects
the parameter function.
Therefore, this parameter is
not recommended for the
configuration interface.
GUI Value Range:0~255
Actual Value Range:0~255
Unit:None
Default Value:0

RrcConnRejW BSC6900 SET


aitTmr
USTATETIMER

WRFD-010 3GPP R9
101
Specifications

Meaning:Wait time IE
contained in the RRC
CONNECTION REJECT
message for a high-priority
RRC connection setup
request, that is, the minimum
time for which a UE must wait
before it sends another RRC
connection setup request. An
RRC connection setup
request has a high priority
only when one of the following
conditions is met:
1. The value of the IE CN
domain identity contained in
the RRC CONNECTION
REQUEST message sent
from the UE to the BSC6900
is CS domain.
2. The cause value contained
in the RRC CONNECTION
REQUEST message is
Originating Conversational
Call, Terminating
Conversational Call, or
Emergency Call.
GUI Value Range:0~15
Actual Value Range:0~15
Unit:s
Default Value:4

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-106

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

9 Parameters

Parameter ID NE
RsvdPara1

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description

BSC6900 SET
WRFD-020 Admission
UCACALGOSWI 101
Control
TCH

Meaning:Reserved
Parameter1.
Disuse statement: This
parameter is used temporarily
in patch versions and will be
replaced with a new
parameter in later versions.
The new parameter ID reflects
the parameter function.
Therefore, this parameter is
not recommended for the
configuration interface.
GUI Value
Range:RSVDBIT1(Reserved
Switch 1),
RSVDBIT2(Reserved Switch
2), RSVDBIT3(Reserved
Switch 3),
RSVDBIT4(Reserved Switch
4), RSVDBIT5(Reserved
Switch 5),
RSVDBIT6(Reserved Switch
6), RSVDBIT7(Reserved
Switch 7),
RSVDBIT8(Reserved Switch
8), RSVDBIT9(Reserved
Switch 9),
RSVDBIT10(Reserved Switch
10), RSVDBIT11(Reserved
Switch 11),
RSVDBIT12(Reserved Switch
12), RSVDBIT13(Reserved
Switch 13),
RSVDBIT14(Reserved Switch
14), RSVDBIT15(Reserved
Switch 15),
RSVDBIT16(Reserved Switch
16)
Actual Value
Range:RSVDBIT1,
RSVDBIT2, RSVDBIT3,
RSVDBIT4, RSVDBIT5,
RSVDBIT6, RSVDBIT7,
RSVDBIT8, RSVDBIT9,
RSVDBIT10, RSVDBIT11,
RSVDBIT12, RSVDBIT13,
RSVDBIT14, RSVDBIT15,
RSVDBIT16
Unit:None

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-107

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

9 Parameters

Parameter ID NE

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


Default
Value:RSVDBIT1-0&RSVDBI
T2-0&RSVDBIT3-0&RSVDBI
T4-0&RSVDBIT5-0&RSVDBI
T6-0&RSVDBIT7-1&RSVDBI
T8-0&RSVDBIT9-0&RSVDBI
T10-0&RSVDBIT11-0&RSVD
BIT12-0&RSVDBIT13-0&RSV
DBIT14-0&RSVDBIT15-0&RS
VDBIT16-0

RsvdPara1

BSC6900 SET
WRFD-010 3GPP R9
URRCTRLSWITC 101
Specifications
H

Meaning:2)
NAS_QOS_MOD_SWITCH
(QoS Change Switch for NAS)
When the switch is turned on,
for UEs whose HS-DSCH
category is smaller than 13, if
the maximum downlink rate
specified in the PDP activation
requests from the UEs
exceeds 16 Mbit/s, the
requests are sent to the CN
after the rate is changed to 16
Mbit/s.
When the switch is turned off,
the PDP activation requests
are sent to the CN without
changing the maximum
downlink rate.
15) RSVDBIT1_BIT15
(Reserved Parameter 1 Bit
15)
When the switch is turned on,
the RNC enables the function
of AMR mute detection.
When the switch is turned off,
the RNC disables the function
of AMR mute detection.
16) RSVDBIT1_BIT16
(Reserved Parameter 1 Bit
16)
When the switch is turned on,
the RNC can perform DRDs
during the P2D procedure.
When the switch is turned off,
the RNC cannot perform
DRDs during the P2D

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-108

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


procedure.
17)
SYSHO_CSIN_PERMIT_SWI
TCH (2G-to-3G CS Handover
Switch)
When the switch is turned on,
inter-RAT CS handovers from
2G cells to 3G cells are
allowed.
When the switch is turned off,
inter-RAT CS handovers from
2G cells to 3G cells are not
allowed.
20) RSVDBIT1_BIT20
(Reserved Parameter 1 Bit
20)
When this switch is turned on,
the RNC performs a state
transition from CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH to CELL_FACH
(P2F) upon receiving a CELL
UPDATE message with the
cause value "uplink data
transmission" or "paging
response".
When this switch is turned off,
if receiving a CELL UPDATE
message with the cause value
"uplink data transmission" or
"paging response," the RNC
performs a state transition
from CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH to CELL_DCH
(P2D) in either of the following
scenarios:
(1)Congestion occurs on the
FACH.
(2)Congestion occurs on the
DCCH, and the value of the
Establishment cause
information element (IE) in the
message is Originating
Conversational Call,
Terminating Conversational
Call, or Emergency Call.
21) RSVDBIT1_BIT21
(Reserved Parameter 1 Bit

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-109

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


21)
When the switch is turned on,
for UEs that are establishing
AMR services and shifting
from the CELL_FACH state to
the CELL_DCH state, the
RNC stops establishing AMR
services to handle cell update
if the RNC receives from the
UEs a cell update message
containing the cause value
"cell reselection."
When the switch is turned off,
for UEs that are establishing
AMR services and shifting
from the CELL_FACH state to
the CELL_DCH state, if the
RNC receives from the UEs a
cell update message
containing the cause value
"cell reselection," the RNC
stops establishing AMR
services to handle cell update
and resumes AMR services
only after cell update is
completed.
22) RSVDBIT1_BIT22
(Reserved Parameter 1 Bit
22)
When the switch is turned on,
the RNC does not trigger cell
update with the cause value
"RL Failure" if the RNC
detects interrupted downlink
transmission on SRB2.
When the switch is turned off,
the RNC triggers cell update
with the cause value "RL
Failure" and reestablishes
radio links if the RNC detects
interrupted downlink
transmission on SRB2.
23) RSVDBIT1_BIT23
(Reserved Parameter 1 Bit
23)
When the switch is turned on,
the RNC does not trigger cell
update with the cause value
"RL Failure" reported by a UE

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-110

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


if the associated NodeB
reports to the RNC that all
radio links for the UE
experience synchronization
loss.
When the switch is turned off,
the RNC triggers cell update
with the cause value "RL
Failure" reported by a UE and
reestablishes radio links, if the
associated NodeB reports to
the RNC that all radio links for
the UE experience
synchronization loss.
24) RSVDBIT1_BIT24
(Reserved Parameter 1 Bit
24)
When the switch is turned on,
for UEs using CS services,
the RNC does not trigger cell
update with the cause value
"RL Failure" reported by a UE,
if the RNC detects interrupted
downlink transmission on
SRB2, or if the associated
NodeB reports to the RNC
that all radio links for the UE
experience synchronization
loss.
When the switch is turned off,
for UEs using CS services,
the RNC triggers cell update
with the cause value "RL
Failure" reported by a UE and
reestablishes radio links, if the
RNC detects interrupted
downlink transmission on
SRB2, or if the associated
NodeB reports to the RNC
that all radio links for the UE
experience synchronization
loss.
25) RSVDBIT1_BIT25
(Reserved Parameter 1 Bit
25)
When the switch is turned on,
for UEs using PS services
only, the RNC does not
reestablish radio links for a

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-111

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


UE if the RNC detects
interrupted downlink
transmission on SRB2, or if
the associated NodeB reports
to the RNC that all radio links
for the UE experience
synchronization loss.
When the switch is turned off,
for UEs using PS services
only, the RNC triggers cell
update with the cause value
"RL Failure" reported by a UE
and reestablishes radio link, if
the RNC detects interrupted
downlink transmission on
SRB2, or if the associated
NodeB reports to the RNC
that all radio links for the UE
experience synchronization
loss.
26) RSVDBIT1_BIT26
(Reserved Parameter 1 Bit
26)
When the switch is turned on,
the RNC does not reestablish
radio links for a UE if the UE
reports to the RNC cell update
caused by SRB reset.
When the switch is turned off,
the RNC reestablishes radio
links for a UE if the UE reports
to the RNC cell update
caused by SRB reset.
28) RSVDBIT1_BIT28
(Reserved Parameter 1 Bit
28)
When the switch is turned on,
for UEs using CS services, if a
NodeB reports to the RNC
that all radio links for a UE
experience synchronization
loss, the RNC starts the RL
Restore timer whose duration
is specified by the RlRstrTmr
parameter in the SET
USTATETIMER command.
After the timer has expired,
the RNC triggers cell update
with the cause value "radio

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-112

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


link failure" and reestablishes
radio links for the UE.
When the switch is turned off,
for UEs using CS services, if a
NodeB reports to the RNC
that all radio links for a UE
experience synchronization
loss, the RNC starts the RL
Restore timer whose duration
is specified by the T313
parameter in the SET
UCONNMODETIMER
command. After the timer has
expired, the RNC triggers cell
update with the cause value
"radio link failure" and
reestablishes radio links for
the UE.
29) RSVDBIT1_BIT29
(Reserved Parameter 1 Bit
29)
When the switch is turned off,
the RNC performs the
CELL_DCH-to-CELL_FACH
(D2F for short) procedure on
UEs that support fast
dormancy.
When the switch is turned on,
the RNC performs the
CELL_DCH-to-CELL_PCH
(D2P for short) procedure on
UEs that support fast
dormancy.
Disuse statement: This
parameter is used temporarily
in patch versions and will be
replaced with a new
parameter in later versions.
The new parameter ID reflects
the parameter function.
Therefore, this parameter is
not recommended for the
configuration interface.
GUI Value
Range:RSVDBIT1_BIT1,
NAS_QOS_MOD_SWITCH,
RSVDBIT1_BIT3,
RSVDBIT1_BIT4,
RSVDBIT1_BIT5,

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-113

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


RSVDBIT1_BIT6,
RSVDBIT1_BIT7,
RSVDBIT1_BIT8,
RSVDBIT1_BIT9,
RSVDBIT1_BIT10,
RSVDBIT1_BIT11,
RSVDBIT1_BIT12,
RSVDBIT1_BIT13,
RSVDBIT1_BIT14,
RSVDBIT1_BIT15,
RSVDBIT1_BIT16,
SYSHO_CSIN_PERMIT_SWI
TCH, RSVDBIT1_BIT18,
RSVDBIT1_BIT19,
RSVDBIT1_BIT20,
RSVDBIT1_BIT21,
RSVDBIT1_BIT22,
RSVDBIT1_BIT23,
RSVDBIT1_BIT24,
RSVDBIT1_BIT25,
RSVDBIT1_BIT26,
RSVDBIT1_BIT27,
RSVDBIT1_BIT28,
RSVDBIT1_BIT29,
RSVDBIT1_BIT30,
RSVDBIT1_BIT31,
RSVDBIT1_BIT32
Actual Value Range:This
parameter is set to 0 or 1
according to the related
domains.
Unit:None
Default
Value:RSVDBIT1_BIT1-0&NA
S_QOS_MOD_SWITCH-0&R
SVDBIT1_BIT3-0&RSVDBIT1
_BIT4-0&RSVDBIT1_BIT5-0&
RSVDBIT1_BIT6-0&RSVDBI
T1_BIT7-0&RSVDBIT1_BIT80&RSVDBIT1_BIT9-0&RSVD
BIT1_BIT10-0&RSVDBIT1_BI
T11-0&RSVDBIT1_BIT12-0&
RSVDBIT1_BIT13-0&RSVDB
IT1_BIT14-0&RSVDBIT1_BIT
15-0&RSVDBIT1_BIT16-0&S
YSHO_CSIN_PERMIT_SWIT
CH-1&RSVDBIT1_BIT18-1&
RSVDBIT1_BIT19-1&RSVDB
IT1_BIT20-1&RSVDBIT1_BIT
21-1&RSVDBIT1_BIT22-1&R
SVDBIT1_BIT23-1&RSVDBIT

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-114

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

9 Parameters

Parameter ID NE

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


1_BIT24-1&RSVDBIT1_BIT2
5-1&RSVDBIT1_BIT26-1&RS
VDBIT1_BIT27-1&RSVDBIT1
_BIT28-1&RSVDBIT1_BIT291&RSVDBIT1_BIT30-1&RSV
DBIT1_BIT31-0&RSVDBIT1_
BIT32-1

RsvdPara1

BSC6900 ADD
WRFD-020 Admission
UNODEBALGOP 101
Control
ARA
MOD
UNODEBALGOP
ARA

Meaning:RSVDBIT4: This
parameter must be used with
the "NcpCongFlowCtrSwitch"
parameter in the "SET
ULDCALGOPARA" command
to decide whether to activate
the cell-level dynamic CAPS
flow control algorithm based
on the congestion status of
the NCP link. When the flow
control algorithm is activated,
flow control is triggered if the
NCP link is congested; flow
control is stopped if the NCP
link is not congested. When
flow control is triggered, the
number of allowed RRC
connection requests per
second in the cell decreases
based on the value of
"KPIstepdownpercentage".
When flow control is stopped,
the number of allowed RRC
connection requests per
second in the cell increases
based on the value of
"KPIstepuppercentage". The
number of RRC connection
requests does not change
once the cell flow control
status becomes stable.
Disuse statement: This
parameter is used temporarily
in patch versions and will be
replaced with a new
parameter in later versions.
The new parameter ID reflects
the parameter function.
Therefore, this parameter is
not recommended for the
configuration interface.
GUI Value
Range:RSVDBIT1(Reserved
Switch 1),

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-115

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

9 Parameters

Parameter ID NE

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


RSVDBIT2(Reserved Switch
2), RSVDBIT3(Reserved
Switch 3),
RSVDBIT4(Reserved Switch
4), RSVDBIT5(Reserved
Switch 5),
RSVDBIT6(Reserved Switch
6), RSVDBIT7(Reserved
Switch 7),
RSVDBIT8(Reserved Switch
8), RSVDBIT9(Reserved
Switch 9),
RSVDBIT10(Reserved Switch
10), RSVDBIT11(Reserved
Switch 11),
RSVDBIT12(Reserved Switch
12), RSVDBIT13(Reserved
Switch 13),
RSVDBIT14(Reserved Switch
14), RSVDBIT15(Reserved
Switch 15),
RSVDBIT16(Reserved Switch
16)
Actual Value
Range:RSVDBIT1,
RSVDBIT2, RSVDBIT3,
RSVDBIT4, RSVDBIT5,
RSVDBIT6, RSVDBIT7,
RSVDBIT8, RSVDBIT9,
RSVDBIT10, RSVDBIT11,
RSVDBIT12, RSVDBIT13,
RSVDBIT14, RSVDBIT15,
RSVDBIT16
Unit:None
Default
Value:RSVDBIT1-0&RSVDBI
T2-0&RSVDBIT3-0&RSVDBI
T4-0&RSVDBIT5-0&RSVDBI
T6-0&RSVDBIT7-0&RSVDBI
T8-0&RSVDBIT9-0&RSVDBI
T10-0&RSVDBIT11-0&RSVD
BIT12-0&RSVDBIT13-0&RSV
DBIT14-0&RSVDBIT15-0&RS
VDBIT16-0

RsvdPara1

BSC6900 ADD
WRFD-020 Admission
UCELLALGOSWI 101
Control
TCH
MOD
UCELLALGOSWI

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Meaning:Reserved parameter
1.
Disuse statement: This
parameter is used temporarily
in patch versions and will be

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-116

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


TCH

replaced with a new


parameter in later versions.
The new parameter ID reflects
the parameter function.
Therefore, this parameter is
not recommended for the
configuration interface.
GUI Value
Range:RSVDBIT1(Reserved
Switch 1),
RSVDBIT2(Reserved Switch
2), RSVDBIT3(Reserved
Switch 3),
RSVDBIT4(Reserved Switch
4), RSVDBIT5(Reserved
Switch 5),
RSVDBIT6(Reserved Switch
6), RSVDBIT7(Reserved
Switch 7),
RSVDBIT8(Reserved Switch
8), RSVDBIT9(Reserved
Switch 9),
RSVDBIT10(Reserved Switch
10), RSVDBIT11(Reserved
Switch 11),
RSVDBIT12(Reserved Switch
12), RSVDBIT13(Reserved
Switch 13),
RSVDBIT14(Reserved Switch
14), RSVDBIT15(Reserved
Switch 15),
RSVDBIT16(Reserved Switch
16)
Actual Value
Range:RSVDBIT1,
RSVDBIT2, RSVDBIT3,
RSVDBIT4, RSVDBIT5,
RSVDBIT6, RSVDBIT7,
RSVDBIT8, RSVDBIT9,
RSVDBIT10, RSVDBIT11,
RSVDBIT12, RSVDBIT13,
RSVDBIT14, RSVDBIT15,
RSVDBIT16
Unit:None
Default
Value:RSVDBIT1-0&RSVDBI
T2-0&RSVDBIT3-0&RSVDBI
T4-0&RSVDBIT5-0&RSVDBI
T6-0&RSVDBIT7-0&RSVDBI
T8-0&RSVDBIT9-0&RSVDBI
T10-0&RSVDBIT11-0&RSVD

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-117

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


BIT12-0&RSVDBIT13-0&RSV
DBIT14-0&RSVDBIT15-0&RS
VDBIT16-0

SLPAGECTHD BSC6900 SET FCCPUTHD WRFD-040 Flow Control


100

Meaning:CPU usage
threshold for paging flow
control over best effort (BE)
services, supplementary
services (SS), and the
location service (LCS). BE
services uses the same
paging flow control thresholds
as SS and LCS to ensure the
paging success rate of
real-time services. When the
average CPU usage within
several sliding windows
reaches or exceeds "SS and
LCS page restore threshold",
the linear paging flow control
on BE services, SS, and LCS
is started. When the average
CPU usage within several
sliding windows reaches or
exceeds "SS and LCS page
control threshold", the 100%
paging flow control on BE
services, SS, and LCS is
started.When the CPU
becomes overloaded, the
recommended value for this
parameter is 85.
GUI Value Range:30~100
Actual Value Range:30~100
Unit:%
Default Value:80

SLPAGERTHD BSC6900 SET FCCPUTHD WRFD-040 Flow Control


100

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Meaning:CPU usage
threshold for paging flow
control over best effort (BE)
services, supplementary
services (SS), and location
service (LCS). BE services
uses the same paging flow
control thresholds as SS and
LCS to ensure the paging
success rate of real-time
services. When the average
CPU usage within several
sliding windows reaches or

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-118

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


exceeds "SS and LCS page
restore threshold", the linear
paging flow control on BE
services, SS, and LCS is
started. When the average
CPU usage within several
sliding windows is lower than
the "SS and LCS page restore
threshold", paging flow control
over BE services, SS, and
LCS is stopped.When the
CPU becomes overloaded,
the recommended value for
this parameter is 75.
GUI Value Range:30~100
Actual Value Range:30~100
Unit:%
Default Value:70

SMPAGECTH BSC6900 SET FCCPUTHD WRFD-040 Flow Control


D
100

Meaning:CPU usage
threshold for paging flow
control over the short
message service (SMS).
When the average CPU
usage within several sliding
windows reaches or exceeds
"SMS page restore threshold",
the linear paging flow control
on SMS is started. When the
average CPU usage within
several sliding windows
reaches or exceeds the "SMS
page control threshold", the
100% paging flow control on
SMS is started.When the CPU
becomes overloaded, the
recommended value for this
parameter is 80.
GUI Value Range:30~100
Actual Value Range:30~100
Unit:%
Default Value:70

SMPAGERTH BSC6900 SET FCCPUTHD WRFD-040 Flow Control


D
100

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Meaning:CPU usage
threshold for paging flow
control over the short
message service (SMS).

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-119

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


When the average CPU
usage within several sliding
windows reaches or exceeds
"SMS page restore threshold",
the linear paging flow control
on SMS is started. When the
average CPU usage within
several sliding windows is
lower than "SMS page restore
threshold", the flow control on
SMS is stopped.When the
CPU becomes overloaded,
the recommended value for
this parameter is 70.
GUI Value Range:30~100
Actual Value Range:30~100
Unit:%
Default Value:60

SMRRCCONN BSC6900 SET SHARETHD MRFD-210 System


CCPUTHD
101
Redundancy

Meaning:CPU usage
threshold for stopping load
sharing on SMS RRC
connection setup requests.
When the CPU usage of an
XPU subsystem reaches this
threshold or
CtrlPlnSharingOutThd,
whichever is smaller, later
SMS RRC connection setup
requests will be carried by
other XPU subsystems.
CtrlPlnSharingOutThd is set
by using the command "SET
UCTRLPLNSHAREPARA". If
the CPU usage of all
candidate XPU subsystems
exceeds this threshold, flow
control on SMS RRC
connection setup requests is
triggered. The parameter
value is invalid if the
SYS_LEVEL_DYNAMIC
switch in the
"CallShockCtrlSwitch"
parameter of the "SET
UCALLSHOCKCTRL"
command is turned on.
GUI Value Range:30~100

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-120

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


Actual Value Range:30~100
Unit:%
Default Value:70

SMRRCCONN BSC6900 SET SHARETHD MRFD-210 System


CMSGTHD
101
Redundancy

Meaning:Packet usage
threshold for stopping load
sharing on SMS RRC
connection setup requests.
When the packet usage of an
XPU subsystem reaches this
threshold, later SMS packets
will be carried by other XPU
subsystems. If the packet
usage of all candidate XPU
subsystems exceeds this
threshold, flow control on
SMS RRC connection setup
request packets is triggered.
GUI Value Range:30~100
Actual Value Range:30~100
Unit:%
Default Value:75

SMRRCCONN BSC6900 SET SHARETHD MRFD-210 System


RCPUTHD
101
Redundancy

Meaning:CPU usage
threshold for recoverying load
sharing on SMS RRC
connection setup requests. If
the CPU usage of an XPU
subsystem is lower than this
threshold, this XPU
subsystem is a candidate
subsystem for the load
sharing on SMS RRC
connection setup requests.
The parameter value is invalid
if the SYS_LEVEL_DYNAMIC
switch in the
"CallShockCtrlSwitch"
parameter of the "SET
UCALLSHOCKCTRL"
command is turned on.
GUI Value Range:30~100
Actual Value Range:30~100
Unit:%
Default Value:60

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-121

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description

SMRRCCONN BSC6900 SET SHARETHD MRFD-210 System


RMSGTHD
101
Redundancy

Meaning:Packet usage
threshold for recoverying load
sharing on SMS RRC
connection setup requests.
When the packet usage of an
XPU subsystem is lower than
this threshold, this XPU
subsystem is a candidate
subsystem for load sharing on
SMS RRC connection setup
requests.
GUI Value Range:30~100
Actual Value Range:30~100
Unit:%
Default Value:65

SMWINDOW BSC6900 SET


FCMSGQTHD

GBFD-1117 GSM Flow


05
Control
WRFD-040 Flow Control
100

Meaning:Number of CPU
usage sampling times
involved in the calculation of
the average CPU usage in the
sliding window. "Filter
window" is applied to avoid
the change of the flow control
status due to instantaneous
overhigh CPU usage. After
"filter window" is applied, the
system compares the average
CPU usage in a period before
the current time with the
corresponding threshold. In
the case that the flow control
switch is turned on, when the
average CPU usage in "filter
window" reaches or exceeds
a flow control threshold, the
corresponding flow control
mechanism is triggered.
When the average CPU
usage is lower than a flow
control threshold, the
corresponding flow control
mechanism is disabled.
GUI Value Range:2~2000
Actual Value Range:2~2000
Unit:None
Default Value:10

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-122

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

9 Parameters

Parameter ID NE

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description

SMWINDOW BSC6900 SET FCCPUTHD GBFD-1117 GSM Flow


05
Control
WRFD-040 Flow Control
100

Meaning:Number of CPU
usage sampling times
involved in the calculation of
the average CPU usage in the
sliding window. "Filter
window" is applied to avoid
the change of the flow control
status due to instantaneous
overhigh CPU usage. After
"filter window" is applied, the
system compares the average
CPU usage in a period before
the current time with the
corresponding threshold. In
the case that the flow control
switch is turned on, when the
average CPU usage in "filter
window" reaches or exceeds
a flow control threshold, the
corresponding flow control
mechanism is triggered.
When the average CPU
usage is lower than a flow
control threshold, the
corresponding flow control
mechanism is disabled.
GUI Value Range:2~2000
Actual Value Range:2~2000
Unit:None
Default Value:10

SN

BSC6900 ADD UNODEB

None

None

Meaning:UMTS XPU board


slot Number.
GUI Value
Range:0;2;4;8;10;12;14;16;18
;20;22;24;26
Actual Value Range:0, 2, 4, 8,
10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24,
26
Unit:None
Default Value:None

SRN

BSC6900 ADD UNODEB

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

None

None

Meaning:Number of the EPS


subrack managing the
subsystem to which the
NodeB belongs

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-123

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

9 Parameters

Parameter ID NE

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


GUI Value Range:0~11
Actual Value Range:0~11
Unit:None
Default Value:None

SSDSPAVEUS BSC6900 SET CPUTHD


AGEALMTHD

MRFD-210 Faulty
304
Management

Meaning:DSP usage alarm


clearance threshold. When
the DSP usage is lower than
the threshold, the DSP usage
alarm is cleared. "DSP
occupancy alarm clearance
threshold" must be smaller
than "DSP occupancy alarm
threshold".
GUI Value Range:20~99
Actual Value Range:20~99
Unit:%
Default Value:80

SSDSPMAXU BSC6900 SET CPUTHD


SAGEALMTH
D

MRFD-210 Faulty
304
Management

Meaning:DSP usage alarm


threshold. When the DSP
usage exceeds the threshold,
a DSP usage alarm is
reported. "DSP occupancy
alarm clearance threshold"
must be smaller than "DSP
occupancy alarm threshold".
GUI Value Range:30~100
Actual Value Range:30~100
Unit:%
Default Value:85

SSN

BSC6900 ADD UNODEB

None

None

Meaning:UMTS CPUS where


the NodeB is located.
GUI Value Range:0~7
Actual Value Range:0~7
Unit:None
Default Value:None

SysRrcRejNu BSC6900 SET


WRFD-040 Flow Control
m
UCALLSHOCKC 100

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Meaning:The parameter
specifies the maximum
number of RRC Connection

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-124

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

9 Parameters

Parameter ID NE

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


TRL

Reject messages per second


from SPU subsystem to UE.
When the SPU subsystem is
in flow control state, the
system will respond RRC
Connection Reject message
to UE. If the number of RRC
Connection Reject messages
exceeds the value of the
parameter, RNC will discard
the RRC connection request.
GUI Value Range:1~500
Actual Value Range:1~500
Unit:None
Default Value:100

T300

BSC6900 SET
WRFD-010 3GPP R9
UIDLEMODETIM 101
Specifications
ER

Meaning:T300 is started when


UE sends the RRC
CONNECTION REQUEST
message. It is stopped when
UE receives the RRC
CONNECTION SETUP
message. RRC
CONNECTION REQUEST
will be resent upon the expiry
of the timer if V300 is lower
than or equal to N300, else
enter idle mode.
GUI Value Range:D100,
D200, D400, D600, D800,
D1000, D1200, D1400,
D1600, D1800, D2000,
D3000, D4000, D6000, D8000
Actual Value Range:100, 200,
400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200,
1400, 1600, 1800, 2000,
3000, 4000, 6000, 8000
Unit:ms
Default Value:D2000

T302

BSC6900 SET
WRFD-010 3GPP R9
UCONNMODETI 101
Specifications
MER

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Meaning:T302 is started after


the UE transmits the CELL
UPDATE/URA UPDATE
message and stopped after
the UE receives the CELL
UPDATE CONFIRM/URA
UPDATE CONFIRM

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-125

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

9 Parameters

Parameter ID NE

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


message. CELL
UPDATE/URA UPDATE will
be resent upon the expiry of
the timer if V302 less than or
equal to N302; otherwise, the
UE will enter idle mode.
Protocol default value is 4000.
GUI Value Range:D100,
D200, D400, D600, D800,
D1000, D1200, D1400,
D1600, D1800, D2000,
D3000, D4000, D6000, D8000
Actual Value Range:100, 200,
400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200,
1400, 1600, 1800, 2000,
3000, 4000, 6000, 8000
Unit:ms
Default Value:D2000

T381

BSC6900 SET
WRFD-010 3GPP R9
UCONNMODETI 101
Specifications
MER

Meaning:T381 is started after


the RNC send message "RRC
CONNECTION SETUP"(or
"CELL UPDATE CONFIRM").
If T381 expire and RNC does
not receive "RRC
CONNECTION SETUP
COMPLETE"(or the response
of "CELL UPDATE
CONFIRM") and V381 is
smaller than N381, RNC
resend "RRC CONNECTION
SETUP"(or "CELL UPDATE
CONFIRM") and restart timer
T381 and increase V381. If
RNC receive "RRC
CONNECTION SETUP
COMPLETE"(or the response
of "CELL UPDATE
CONFIRM"), T381 will be
stopped. Default value is
600ms.
GUI Value Range:D0, D100,
D200, D300, D400, D500,
D600, D700, D800, D900,
D1000, D1200, D1500, D2000
Actual Value Range:0, 100,
200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700,
800, 900, 1000, 1200, 1500,

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-126

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


2000
Unit:ms
Default Value:D600

TxInterruptAfte BSC6900 SET


WRFD-010 UE State in
rTrig
UUESTATETRAN 202
Connected
S
Mode
(CELL-DCH,
CELL-PCH,
URA-PCH,
CELL-FACH)

Meaning:Duration during
which UEs are prohibited from
transmitting data over the
RACH after reporting 4A
measurement reports and
triggering the procedure for
the
CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH
state transition. For details
about this parameter, see
3GPP TS 25.331.
GUI Value Range:D250,
D500, D1000, D2000, D4000,
D8000, D16000
Actual Value Range:250, 500,
1000, 2000, 4000, 8000,
16000
Unit:ms
Default Value:D2000

UserPlnCpuSh BSC6900 SET


WRFD-040 Flow Control
aringOutOffset
UUSERPLNSHA 100
REPARA

Meaning:The parameter is
added to avoid ping-pong
handovers during the load
sharing triggered by DSP
CPU usage.
GUI Value Range:5~20
Actual Value Range:5~20
Unit:%
Default Value:5

UserPlnCpuSh BSC6900 SET


WRFD-040 Flow Control
aringOutThd
UUSERPLNSHA 100
REPARA

Meaning:The parameter is
added to trigger the load
sharing when the DSP CPU
usage exceeds this threshold,
thus achieving load balance
between subracks.
GUI Value Range:0~100
Actual Value Range:0~100
Unit:%

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-127

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Parameter ID NE

9 Parameters

MML Command Feature ID Feature Name Description


Default Value:100

UserPlnSharin BSC6900 SET


WRFD-040 Flow Control
gOutOffset
UUSERPLNSHA 100
REPARA

Meaning:The available
capacity of the user plane
sharing subrack incoming
load must be larger than the
sum of the available capacity
of the user plane sharing
subrack outgoing load and
this offset.
GUI Value Range:5~20
Actual Value Range:5~20
Unit:%
Default Value:5

UserPlnSharin BSC6900 SET


WRFD-040 Flow Control
gOutThd
UUSERPLNSHA 100
REPARA

Meaning:Percentage of User
Plane Sharing Out Threshold.
GUI Value Range:0~100
Actual Value Range:0~100
Unit:%
Default Value:90

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-128

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

10 Counters

10 Counters
Table 10-1 Counter description
Counter ID Counter Name

Counter Description

NE

Feature ID

Feature Name

67193095 VS.IU.FlowCtrl.DiscI Number of Discarded CS


nitDT.CS
Initial UE Messages when
Signaling Flow Control is
Triggered

BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control

67193096 VS.IU.FlowCtrl.Disc.I Number of Discarded PS


nitDT.PS
Initial UE Messages when
Signaling Flow Control is
Triggered

BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control

67194447 VS.GCU.CPULOAD. HR9750:Maximum CPU


MAX
Usage of the GCU

BSC6900 GBFD-111705 GSM Flow


Control
GBFD-111203
O&M of BSC
WRFD-040100
Flow Control

67194743 VS.DPU.CPULOAD. HR9760:Maximum CPU


MAX
Usage of the DPU

BSC6900 GBFD-111705 GSM Flow


Control
GBFD-111203
O&M of BSC
WRFD-040100
Flow Control

67194751 VS.SCU.CPULOAD. HR9730:Maximum CPU


MAX
Usage of the SCU

BSC6900 GBFD-111705 GSM Flow


Control
GBFD-111203
O&M of BSC
WRFD-040100
Flow Control

67203413 VS.CSLoad.Erlang.E Equivalent CS


quiv.CPUS
Conversational Erlang for
CPUS

BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control

67204336 VS.GCU.CPULOAD. AR9750:Average CPU


MEAN
Usage of the GCU

BSC6900 GBFD-111705 GSM Flow


Control
GBFD-111203
O&M of BSC
WRFD-040100
Flow Control

67204337 VS.GCU.CPULOAD. TR9750a:Rate of the Period BSC6900 GBFD-111705 GSM Flow


OVER
in Which the CPU Usage of
Control
GBFD-111203
the GCU Exceeds the Alarm
O&M of BSC
Threshold
WRFD-040100
Flow Control

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-1

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Counter ID Counter Name

10 Counters

Counter Description

NE

Feature ID

Feature Name

67204338 VS.GCU.CPULOAD. TR9750b:Rate of the Period BSC6900 GBFD-111705 GSM Flow


LESS
in Which the CPU Usage of
Control
GBFD-111203
the GCU is Lower than the
O&M of BSC
Alarm Threshold
WRFD-040100
Flow Control
67204463 VS.DPU.CPULOAD. AR9760:Average CPU
MEAN
Usage of the DPU

BSC6900 GBFD-111705 GSM Flow


Control
GBFD-111203
O&M of BSC
WRFD-040100
Flow Control

67204464 VS.DPU.CPULOAD. TR9760a:Rate of the Period BSC6900 GBFD-111705 GSM Flow


OVER
in Which the CPU Usage of
Control
GBFD-111203
the DPU Exceeds the Alarm
O&M of BSC
Threshold
WRFD-040100
Flow Control
67204465 VS.DPU.CPULOAD. TR9760b:Rate of the Period BSC6900 GBFD-111705 GSM Flow
LESS
in Which the CPU Usage of
Control
GBFD-111203
the DPU is Lower than the
O&M of BSC
Alarm Threshold
WRFD-040100
Flow Control
67204467 VS.SCU.CPULOAD. AR9730:Average CPU
MEAN
Usage of the SCU

BSC6900 GBFD-111705 GSM Flow


Control
GBFD-111203
O&M of BSC
WRFD-040100
Flow Control

67204468 VS.SCU.CPULOAD. TR9730a:Rate of the Period BSC6900 GBFD-111705 GSM Flow


OVER
in Which the CPU Usage of
Control
GBFD-111203
the SCU Exceeds the Alarm
O&M of BSC
Threshold
WRFD-040100
Flow Control
67204469 VS.SCU.CPULOAD. TR9730b:Rate of the Period BSC6900 GBFD-111705 GSM Flow
LESS
in Which the CPU Usage of
Control
GBFD-111203
the SCU is Lower than the
O&M of BSC
Alarm Threshold
WRFD-040100
Flow Control
67204521 VS.PSLoad.ULThrup Throughput of PS Uplink
ut.MPU
Data for MPU

BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control

67204522 VS.PSLoad.DLThrup Throughput of PS Downlink BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control


ut.MPU
Data for MPU

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-2

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Counter ID Counter Name

10 Counters

Counter Description

NE

Feature ID

Feature Name

73390062 VS.XPU.CPULOAD. HR9780:Maximum CPU


MAX
Usage of the XPU

BSC6900 GBFD-111705 GSM Flow


Control
GBFD-111203
O&M of BSC
WRFD-040100
Flow Control

73390070 VS.XPU.MSGLOAD. HR9782:Maximum Packet


MAX
Usage of the XPU

BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control


GBFD-111705 GSM Flow
Control

73393776 VS.LowPriRRC.Ran Number of Low-Priority RRC BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control


FC.Disc.Num
Connection Setup Requests
Discarded During RAN
Integrated Flow Control for
Cell
73393777 VS.NormPriRRC.Ra Number of Middle-Priority BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control
nFC.Disc.Num
RRC Connection Setup
Requests Discarded During
RAN Integrated Flow Control
for Cell
73393778 VS.HighPriRRC.Ran Number of High-Priority
BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control
FC.Disc.Num
RRC Connection Setup
Requests Discarded During
RAN Integrated Flow Control
for Cell
73403674 VS.INT.CPULOAD.M HR9700:Maximum CPU
AX
Usage of the INT

73411191

VS.NodeB.CPU.Con Duration of CPU Resource BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control


g.Dur
Insufficiency Reported by
NodeB for Cell

73415210 VS.XPU.CPULOAD. AR9780:Average CPU


MEAN
Usage of the XPU

73415211

BSC6900 GBFD-111705 GSM Flow


Control
GBFD-111203
O&M of BSC
WRFD-040100
Flow Control

BSC6900 GBFD-111705 GSM Flow


Control
GBFD-111203
O&M of BSC
WRFD-040100
Flow Control

VS.XPU.CPULOAD. TR9780a:Rate of the Period BSC6900 GBFD-111705 GSM Flow


OVER
in Which the CPU Usage of
Control
GBFD-111203
the XPU Exceeds the Alarm
O&M of BSC

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-3

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Counter ID Counter Name

10 Counters

Counter Description
Threshold

NE

Feature ID

Feature Name

WRFD-040100 Flow Control

73415212 VS.XPU.CPULOAD. TR9780b:Rate of the Period BSC6900 GBFD-111705 GSM Flow


LESS
in Which the CPU Usage of
Control
GBFD-111203
the XPU is Lower than the
O&M of BSC
Alarm Threshold
WRFD-040100
Flow Control
73415214 VS.XPU.MSGLOAD. AR9782:Average Packet
MEAN
Usage of the XPU

BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control

73415843 VS.INT.CPULOAD.M AR9700:Average CPU


EAN
Usage of the INT

BSC6900 GBFD-111705 GSM Flow


Control
GBFD-111203
O&M of BSC
WRFD-040100
Flow Control

GBFD-111705 GSM Flow


Control

73415844 VS.INT.CPULOAD.O TR9700a:Rate of the Period BSC6900 GBFD-111705 GSM Flow


VER
in Which the CPU Usage of
Control
GBFD-111203
the INT Exceeds the Alarm
O&M of BSC
Threshold
WRFD-040100
Flow Control
73415845 VS.INT.CPULOAD.L TR9700b:Rate of the Period BSC6900 GBFD-111705 GSM Flow
ESS
in Which the CPU Usage of
Control
GBFD-111203
the INT is Lower than the
O&M of BSC
Alarm Threshold
WRFD-040100
Flow Control
73421890 VS.LowPriRRC.FC. Number of Low-Priority RRC BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control
Disc.Num.CPUS
Requests Discarded Due to
Flow Control for CPUS
Subsystem
73421891 VS.NormPriRRC.FC. Number of Normal-Priority
Disc.Num.CPUS
RRC Requests Discarded
Due to Flow Control for
CPUS Subsystem

BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control

73421892 VS.HighPriRRC.FC. Number of High-Priority


Disc.Num.CPUS
RRC Requests Discarded
Due to Flow Control for
CPUS Subsystem

BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control

73421893 VS.LowPriRRC.FC. Duration of Rejection of


BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control
Disc.Time.CPUS
Low-Priority RRC Requests
Due to Flow Control for

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-4

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Counter ID Counter Name

10 Counters

Counter Description

NE

Feature ID

Feature Name

CPUS Subsystem
73421894 VS.NormPriRRC.FC. Duration of Rejection of
Disc.Time.CPUS
Normal-Priority RRC
Requests Due to Flow
Control for CPUS
Subsystem

BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control

73421895 VS.HighPriRRC.FC. Duration of Rejection of


BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control
Disc.Time.CPUS
High-Priority RRC Requests
Due to Flow Control for
CPUS Subsystem
73421896 VS.CBS.FC.Disc.Nu Number of CBS Requests
m.CPUS
Discarded Due to Flow
Control for CPUS
Subsystem

BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control

73421897 VS.CBS.FC.Disc.Ti Duration of CBS Flow


me.CPUS
Control for CPUS
Subsystem

BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control

73421898 VS.Paging.FC.Disc. Number of Paging


BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control
Num.CPUS
Messages Discarded Due to
Flow Control for CPUS
Subsystem
73421899 VS.Paging.FC.Disc. Duration of Paging Message BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control
Time.CPUS
Flow Control for CPUS
Subsystem
73421900 VS.CU.FC.Disc.Num Number of Cell Update
BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control
.CPUS
Requests Discarded Due to
Flow Control for CPUS
Subsystem
73421901 VS.CU.FC.Disc.Time Duration of Cell Update Flow BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control
.CPUS
Control for CPUS
Subsystem
73423464 VS.RRC.FC.Disc.Nu Number of Discarded RRC BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control
m.CallShock.CPUS Connection Requests Due to
Burst Traffic for CPUS
Subsystem
73423465 VS.RRC.FC.Disc.Nu Number of Discarded RRC BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control
m.MPU.CPUS
Connection Requests Due to
MPU Overload for CPUS
Subsystem

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-5

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Counter ID Counter Name

10 Counters

Counter Description

NE

Feature ID

Feature Name

73423466 VS.RRC.FC.Disc.Nu Number of Discarded RRC BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control


m.RRCQueue.CPUS Connection Requests Due to
RRC Queue Overflow for
CPUS Subsystem
73423467 VS.RRC.FC.Disc.Nu Number of Discarded RRC BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control
m.CPU.CPUS
Connection Requests Due to
High CPU Usage for CPUS
Subsystem
73423468 VS.RRC.FC.Disc.Nu Number of Discarded RRC BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control
m
Connection Requests Due to
Various Flow Control
Functions for Cell
73423829 VS.INT.CFG.INTER T6900:Number of Call
WORKING.NUM
Establishment Attempts on
an Interface Board

BSC6900 GBFD-111705 GSM Flow


Control
WRFD-040100
Flow Control

73423830 VS.INT.CFG.INTER T6920:Number of Call


WORKING.FAIL.NU Establishment Failures on
M
an Interface Board

BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control

73423921 VS.LowPriCu.FC.Dis Number of Low-Priority


c.Num.CPU
CELL UPDATE Messages
Discarded Because CPU
Usage Exceeds the
Threshold for CPUS
Subsystem

BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control

GBFD-111705 GSM Flow


Control

73423923 VS.MidPriCu.FC.Dis Number of Medium-Priority BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control


c.Num.CPU
CELL UPDATE Messages
Discarded Because CPU
Usage Exceeds the
Threshold for CPUS
Subsystem
73423924 VS.HighPriCu.FC.Di Number of High-Priority
sc.Num.CPU
CELL UPDATE Messages
Discarded Because CPU
Usage Exceeds the
Threshold for CPUS
Subsystem

BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control

73423925 VS.LowPriCu.FC.Dis Number of Low-Priority


c.Num.Queue
CELL UPDATE Messages
Discarded Due to RRC
Queue Overflow for CPUS

BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-6

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Counter ID Counter Name

10 Counters

Counter Description

NE

Feature ID

Feature Name

Subsystem
73423926 VS.MidPriCu.FC.Dis Number of Medium-Priority BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control
c.Num.Queue
CELL UPDATE Messages
Discarded Due to RRC
Queue Overflow for CPUS
Subsystem
73423927 VS.HighPriCu.FC.Di Number of High-Priority
sc.Num.Queue
CELL UPDATE Messages
Discarded Due to RRC
Queue Overflow for CPUS
Subsystem

BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control

73423928 VS.Traffic.Report4A. Number of Discarded UL


BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control
CellDch.Disc.Num.U Event 4A Measurement
pLink.FC
Reports on PS BE Traffic in
the CELL_DCH State in a
CPUS
73423929 VS.Traffic.Report4A. Number of Discarded DL
BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control
CellDch.Disc.Num.D Event 4A Measurement
ownLink.FC
Reports on PS BE Traffic in
the CELL_DCH State in a
CPUS
73423930 VS.Throughput.Rep Number of Discarded UL
BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control
ort4A.Disc.Num.UpLi Event 4A Measurement
nk.FC
Reports on Throughput for
UEs in the CELL_DCH State
in a CPUS
73423931 VS.Traffic.Report4A. Number of Discarded UL
BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control
CellFach.Disc.Num. Event 4A Measurement
UpLink.FC
Reports on PS BE Traffic in
the CELL_FACH State in a
CPUS
73423932 VS.Traffic.Report4A. Number of Discarded DL
BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control
CellFach.Disc.Num. Event 4A Measurement
DownLink.FC
Reports on PS BE Traffic in
the CELL_FACH State in a
CPUS
73424215 VS.RRC.FC.Num.C Number of RRC
BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control
PU.CPUS
CONNECTION REQUESTS
Under Flow Control Due to
High CPU Usage for CPUS
Subsystem

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-7

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Counter ID Counter Name

10 Counters

Counter Description

NE

Feature ID

Feature Name

73424216 VS.RRC.FC.Num.R Number of RRC


BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control
RCQueue.CPUS
CONNECTION REQUESTS
Under Flow Control Due to
RRC Queue Overflow for
CPUS Subsystem
73424217 VS.RRC.FC.Num.M Number of RRC
BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control
PU.CPUS
CONNECTION REQUESTS
Under Flow Control Due to
MPU Overload for CPUS
Subsystem
73424218 VS.RRC.FC.Num.Ca Number of RRC
BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control
llShock.CPUS
CONNECTION REQUESTS
Under Flow Control Due to
Burst Traffic for CPUS
Subsystem
73424219 VS.RRC.CONV.FC. Number of RRC
BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control
Num.CPU.CPUS
CONNECTION REQUESTS
for CS Services Under Flow
Control Due to High CPU
Usage for CPUS Subsystem
73424220 VS.RRC.CONV.FC. Number of RRC
BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control
Num.RRCQueue.CP CONNECTION REQUESTS
US
for CS Services Under Flow
Control Due to RRC Queue
Overflow for CPUS
Subsystem
73424221 VS.RRC.CONV.FC. Number of RRC
BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control
Num.MPU.CPUS
CONNECTION REQUESTS
for CS Services Under Flow
Control Due to MPU
Overload for CPUS
Subsystem
73424222 VS.RRC.CONV.FC. Number of RRC
BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control
Num.CallShock.CPU CONNECTION REQUESTS
S
for CS Services Under Flow
Control Due to Burst Traffic
for CPUS Subsystem
73424223 VS.RRC.AttConnEst Number of Received RRC BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control
ab.Msg.Conv
CONNECTION REQUESTS
for CS Services in a Cell
73424224 VS.RRC.FC.Num.C Number of RRC
BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control
CONNECTION REQUESTS
Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-8

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Counter ID Counter Name


PU.OverLoad

10 Counters

Counter Description

NE

Feature ID

Feature Name

Under Flow Control


Triggered by High CPU
Usage for Cell

73424225 VS.RRC.FC.Num.R Number of RRC


BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control
RCQueue
CONNECTION REQUESTS
Under Flow Control
Triggered by RRC Queue
Overflow for Cell
73424226 VS.RRC.FC.Num.M Number of RRC
BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control
PU.OverLoad
CONNECTION REQUESTS
Under Flow Control
Triggered by MPU Overload
for Cell
73424227 VS.RRC.FC.Num.Ca Number of RRC
BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control
llShock
CONNECTION REQUESTS
Under Flow Control
Triggered by Burst Traffic for
Cell
73424228 VS.RRC.CONV.FC. Number of RRC
BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control
Num.CPU.OverLoad CONNECTION REQUESTS
for CS Voice Services Under
Flow Control Triggered by
High CPU Usage for Cell
73424229 VS.RRC.CONV.FC. Number of RRC
BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control
Num.RRCQueue
CONNECTION REQUESTS
for CS Voice Services Under
Flow Control Triggered by
RRC Queue Overflow for
Cell
73424230 VS.RRC.CONV.FC. Number of RRC
BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control
Num.MPU.OverLoad CONNECTION REQUESTS
for CS Voice Services Under
Flow Control Triggered by
MPU Overload for Cell
73424231 VS.RRC.CONV.FC. Number of RRC
BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control
Num.CallShock
CONNECTION REQUESTS
for CS Voice Services Under
Flow Control Triggered by
Burst Traffic for Cell
73424232 VS.CU.FC.Num.CP Number of Cell Updates
U.OverLoad
Under Flow Control
Triggered by High CPU

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-9

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Counter ID Counter Name

10 Counters

Counter Description

NE

Feature ID

Feature Name

Usage for Cell


73424233 VS.RRC.FC.Num.Ra Number of RRC
BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control
nFC.Ph2
CONNECTION REQUESTS
Under E2E Flow Control
Phase 2 for Cell
73424234 VS.RRC.CONV.FC. Number of RRC
BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control
Num.RanFC.Ph2
CONNECTION REQUESTS
for CS Voice Services Under
E2E Flow Control Phase 2
for Cell
73424482 VS.RRC.CONV.FC. Number of RRC
BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control
Num.INT.CPUS
CONNECTION REQUESTS
for CS Services in a CPUS
Subsystem Under Flow
Control Triggered by
Interface-Board CPU
Overload
73424483 VS.RRC.FC.Num.IN Number of RRC
BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control
T.CPUS
CONNECTION REQUESTS
in a CPUS Subsystem
Under Flow Control
Triggered by Interface-Board
CPU Overload
73424484 VS.IurUpLinkSig.Dis Number of Discarded
c.Num.CPU.CPUS Iur-Interface Uplink
Signalling Messages in a
CPUS Subsystem Under
Flow Control Triggered by
CPU Overload

BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control

73424485 VS.IurDownLinkSig. Number of Discarded


Disc.Num.CPU.CPU Iur-Interface Downlink
S
Signalling Messages in a
CPUS Subsystem Under
Flow Control Triggered by
CPU Overload

BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control

73424691 VS.RRC.CONV.FC. Number of RRC


BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control
Num.INT.OverLoad CONNECTION REQUESTS
for CS Voice Services Under
Flow Control Triggered by
Interface-Board CPU
Overload for Cell
73424692 VS.RRC.FC.Num.IN Number of RRC

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-10

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Counter ID Counter Name


T.OverLoad

10 Counters

Counter Description

NE

Feature ID

Feature Name

CONNECTION REQUESTS
Under Flow Control
Triggered by Interface-Board
CPU Overload for Cell

73424693 VS.RRC.FC.Num.FA Number of RRC


BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control
CH.Cong
CONNECTION REQUESTS
Under Flow Control
Triggered by FACH
Congestion for Cell
73424694 VS.RRC.CONV.FC. Number of RRC
BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control
Num.RanFC.Ph1
CONNECTION REQUESTS
for CS Voice Services Under
E2E Flow Control Phase 1
for Cell
73424695 VS.RRC.FC.Num.Ra Number of RRC
BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control
nFC.Ph1
CONNECTION REQUESTS
Under E2E Flow Control
Phase 1 for Cell
73424915 VS.AttCellUpdt.Msg Number of Cell Updates in a BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control
Cell
73424916 VS.AttCellUpdt.Msg. Number of Cell Updates
Conv
Triggered by CS Service
Establishments in a Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control

73424917 VS.CU.CONV.FC.Nu Number of Cell Updates that BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control
m.CPU.OverLoad
Are Under CPU
Usage-Based Flow Control
and Are Triggered by CS
Service Establishments in a
Cell
73424918 VS.CU.CONV.FC.Nu Number of Cell Updates that BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control
m.RRCQueue
Are Under RRC
Queuing-Based Flow
Control and Are Triggered by
CS Service Establishments
in a Cell
73424919 VS.CU.FC.Num.RR Number of Cell Updates that BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control
CQueue
Are Under RRC
Queuing-Based Flow
Control in a Cell
73424968 VS.RRC.FC.Num.C Number of RRC
BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control
CONNECTION REQUESTS

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-11

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

Counter ID Counter Name


APS

10 Counters

Counter Description

NE

Feature ID

Feature Name

in a Cell Under Cell Dynamic


CAPS Flow Control

73424969 VS.RRC.CONV.FC. Number of RRC


BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control
Num.CAPS
CONNECTION REQUESTS
for CS Services in a Cell
Under Cell Dynamic CAPS
Flow Control

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-12

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

11 Glossary

11 Glossary
For terms that appear in this document, see Glossary.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-1

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

12 References

12 References
[1] Load Control Feature Parameter Description
[2] DSAC Feature Parameter Description
[3] Common Radio Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
[4] Transmission Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
[5] Radio Bearers Feature Parameter Description
[6] State Transition Feature Parameter Description
[7] E2E Flow Control Feature Parameter Description
[8] Intelligent Access Class Control Feature Parameter Description
[9] Call Admission Control Feature Parameter Description
[10] State Transition Feature Parameter Description
[11] DCCC Feature Parameter Description
[12] Intelligent Access Class Control Feature Parameter Description

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-1

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

13 Appendix - Flow Control Algorithms

13 Appendix - Flow Control Algorithms


The RNC uses three types of flow control algorithms for overloaded RNC units: switch algorithm, linear
algorithm, and hierarchical algorithm. Different algorithms are used for different services. These
algorithms, however, cannot be set on the LMT.

13.1 Switch Algorithm


The principles of the switch algorithm are as follows:

When resource usage, such as CPU usage or message block usage, exceeds the control threshold of
a flow control item, flow control is performed.

When resource usage is lower than the restore threshold, flow control is not performed.

Figure 13-1 Switch algorithm

The following flow control functions use switch algorithms:

Printing flow control

Debugging flow control

Performance monitoring flow control

Logging flow control

Resource audit flow control

AC

Paging control for BE services, supplementary services, location services, and short message
services

Flow control over the Iur interface

CBS flow control

Flow control over the Iur-g interface

MR flow control

13.2 Linear Algorithm


The principles of the linear algorithm are as follows:

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-1

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

13 Appendix - Flow Control Algorithms

When resource usage is higher than the control threshold of a flow control item, flow control is
performed.

When resource usage is lower than the restore threshold of a flow control item, flow control is not
performed.

When resource usage is between the restore threshold and the control threshold of a flow control item,
the flow control level changes linearly with the resource usage.

Figure 13-2 Linear algorithm

The flow control level of the linear algorithm, that is, the probability (P) of performing flow control, is
calculated as follows:
P = (resource usage - restore threshold) x 100%/ (control threshold - restore threshold)
The following flow control functions use linear algorithms:

Paging control for real-time services

RRC flow control based on the CPU usage or message block occupancy rate

Cell update flow control

DCCC flow control

13.3 Hierarchical Algorithm


The principles of the hierarchical algorithm are as follows:

When resource usage is higher than the control threshold of a flow control item, flow control is
performed.

When resource usage is lower than the restore threshold of a flow control item, flow control is not
performed.

When resource usage is between the restore threshold and the control threshold of a flow control item,
the flow control level changes hierarchically with the resource usage.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-2

WCDMA RAN
Flow Control

13 Appendix - Flow Control Algorithms

Figure 13-3 Hierarchical algorithm

The flow control level of the hierarchical algorithm is calculated as follows:


Flow control level = [(resource usage - restore threshold) x total number of flow control grades for the
flow control item/(control threshold - restore threshold)]
The [ ] symbol indicates an integer value.

The total flow control grades for each flow control item are specified in the system software and cannot
be set on the LMT. They vary according to the flow control items.

Issue 02 (2012-07-20)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

7-3

You might also like